AMG FUNDS

 

AMG GW&K MUNICIPAL bOND fUND

CLASS N: GWMTX

Class I: GWMIX

 

AMG GW&K SMALL CAP CORE Fund

CLASS N: GWETX

CLASS I: GWEIX

CLASS Z: GWEZX

 

AMG GW&K Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

CLASS N: GWMNX

CLASS I: GWMEX

CLASS Z: GWMZX

 

AMG GW&K SMALL/MID CAP FUND

CLASS N: GWGVX

CLASS I: GWGIX

CLASS Z: GWGZX

 

AMG RENAISSANCE LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND

CLASS N: MRLTX

CLASS I: MRLSX

CLASS Z: MRLIX

 

AMG TIMESSQUARE SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND

Class N: TSCPX

CLASS I: TSQIX

Class Z: TSCIX

 

AMG TIMESSQUARE MID CAP GROWTH FUND

Class N: TMDPX

CLASS I: TQMIX

Class Z: TMDIX

 

AMG TIMESSQUARE INTERNATIONAL SMALL CAP FUND

CLASS N: TCMPX

CLASS I: TQTIX

CLASS Z: TCMIX

 

AMG TIMESSQUARE EMERGING MARKETS SMALL CAP FUND

CLASS N: TQENX

CLASS I: TQEIX

CLASS Z: TQEZX

 

AMG TIMESSQUARE GLOBAL SMALL CAP FUND

CLASS N: TSYNX

CLASS I: TSYIX

CLASS Z: TSYZX

 

 

 

AMG MANAGERS SKYLINE SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND

CLASS N: SKSEX

CLASS I: SKSIX

CLASS Z: SKSZX

 


 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

DATED May 1, 2020

 

You can obtain a free copy of the prospectus for each of AMG GW&K Small Cap Core Fund, AMG GW&K Small/Mid Cap Fund, AMG GW&K Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, AMG GW&K Municipal Bond Fund, AMG Renaissance Large Cap Growth Fund, AMG TimesSquare Small Cap Growth Fund, AMG TimesSquare Mid Cap Growth Fund, AMG TimesSquare International Small Cap Fund, AMG TimesSquare Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, AMG TimesSquare Global Small Cap Fund and AMG Managers Skyline Special Equities Fund (each a “Fund,” and collectively the “Funds”), each dated May 1, 2020, as supplemented from time to time (each a “Prospectus,” and collectively the “Prospectuses”), by calling AMG Funds LLC (the “Investment Manager”) at (800) 548-4539 or by visiting the Funds’ website at www.amgfunds.com. The Funds’ Prospectuses provide basic information about investing in the Funds.

This Statement of Additional Information is not a Prospectus. It contains additional information regarding the activities and operations of the Funds. It should be read in conjunction with each Fund’s Prospectus.

The Funds’ audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and the related Notes to the Financial Statements for the Funds, as well as the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm from each Fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, are incorporated by reference into this Statement of Additional Information (meaning such documents are legally a part of this Statement of Additional Information) and are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Funds’ Annual and Semi-Annual Reports are available without charge, upon request, by calling the Funds at (800) 548-4539 or by visiting the Funds’ website at www.amgfunds.com or the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

SAI076-0520

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

GENERAL INFORMATION

1

   

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT POLICIES

2

   

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

49

   

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

62

   

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

78

   

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

112

   

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

115

   

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

120

   

OTHER INFORMATION

137

   

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

140

   

APPENDIX A: DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

A-1

   

APPENDIX B

B-1

   

APPENDIX C

C-1

   

APPENDIX D

D-1

   

APPENDIX E

E-1

 

 

i

 

GENERAL INFORMATION

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates to AMG GW&K Small Cap Core Fund (the “Small Cap Core Fund”), AMG GW&K Small/Mid Cap Fund (the “Small/Mid Cap Fund”), AMG GW&K Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund (the “Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund”), AMG GW&K Municipal Bond Fund (the “Municipal Bond Fund”), AMG Renaissance Large Cap Growth Fund (the “Large Cap Growth Fund”), AMG TimesSquare Small Cap Growth Fund (the “Small Cap Growth Fund”), AMG TimesSquare Mid Cap Growth Fund (the “Mid Cap Growth Fund”), AMG TimesSquare International Small Cap Fund (the “International Small Cap Fund”), AMG TimesSquare Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund (the “Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund”), AMG TimesSquare Global Small Cap Fund (the “Global Small Cap Fund”) and AMG Managers Skyline Special Equities Fund (the “Special Equities Fund”) (each a “Fund,” and collectively the “Funds”). Each Fund is a series of shares of beneficial interest of AMG Funds, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Trust”), and part of the AMG Funds Family of Funds, a fund complex comprised of 50 different funds, each having distinct investment management objectives, strategies, risks, and policies (the “AMG Fund Complex”). The Trust was organized on June 18, 1999.

The Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, International Small Cap Fund, Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, Global Small Cap Fund and Special Equities Fund have each established three classes of shares: Class N, Class I and Class Z. The Municipal Bond Fund has established two classes of shares: Class N and Class I.

 

Effective October 1, 2016: (1) existing Investor Class, Service Class and Institutional Class shares of the Large Cap Growth Fund were renamed Class N, Class I and Class Z, respectively; (2) existing Investor Class and Institutional Class shares of the Municipal Bond Fund, Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund and Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund were renamed Class N and Class I, respectively; (3) existing Institutional Class and Premier Class shares of the International Small Cap Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund and Mid Cap Growth Fund were renamed Class I and Class S shares, respectively; and (4) shares of the Special Equities Fund’s sole class were reclassified and redesignated as Class S shares.

 

Effective February 27, 2017, (1) existing Class S shares of the Special Equities Fund were renamed Class N shares; and (2) existing Class I and Class S shares of the International Small Cap Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund and Mid Cap Growth Fund were renamed Class Z and Class N shares, respectively.

Effective February 27, 2017, AMG GW&K Small Cap Growth Fund changed its name to AMG GW&K Small/Mid Cap Fund. Effective April 28, 2014, GW&K Small Cap Equity Fund, GW&K Municipal Bond Fund, GW&K Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Renaissance Large Cap Growth Fund, TimesSquare International Small Cap Fund, TimesSquare Mid Cap Growth Fund, TimesSquare Small Cap Growth Fund and Skyline Special Equities Portfolio changed their names to AMG GW&K Small Cap Core Fund, AMG GW&K Municipal Bond Fund, AMG GW&K Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, AMG Renaissance Large Cap Growth Fund, AMG TimesSquare International Small Cap Fund, AMG TimesSquare Mid Cap Growth Fund, AMG TimesSquare Small Cap Growth Fund and AMG Managers Skyline Special Equities Fund, respectively. Also effective April 28, 2014, Managers AMG Funds changed its name to AMG Funds and the Funds’ investment manager changed its name from Managers Investment Group LLC to AMG Funds LLC.

This SAI describes the financial history, management and operation of the Funds, as well as each Fund’s investment objective and policies. It should be read in conjunction with each Fund’s current prospectus, dated May 1, 2020, as supplemented from time to time (each a “Prospectus,” and collectively the “Prospectuses”). The Trust’s executive office is located at 600 Steamboat Road, Suite 300, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

1

 

AMG Funds LLC (the “Investment Manager”), a subsidiary of Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. (“AMG”), serves as investment manager to the Funds and is responsible for each Fund’s overall administration. It selects and recommends, subject to the approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Trustees”), an independent asset manager, or a team of independent asset managers (the “Subadviser” or “Subadvisers”) to manage each Fund’s investment portfolio. The Investment Manager also monitors the performance, security holdings and investment strategies of these Subadvisers and researches any potential new Subadvisers for the Funds. See “Management of the Funds” for more information.

 

Investments in the Funds are not:

 

 

Deposits or obligations of any bank;

 

 

Guaranteed or endorsed by any bank; or

 

 

Federally insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other federal agency.

 

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

The following is additional information regarding the investment policies used by each Fund in an attempt to achieve its investment objective as stated in its Prospectus. The Trust is an open-end management investment company, and each Fund is a diversified series of the Trust.

The table below shows the types of securities and instruments that may be purchased by the Funds (unless otherwise noted) to the extent such investments are permitted by applicable law. For a more complete description of the types of securities and techniques that may be utilized by the Funds, see “Investment Techniques and Associated Risks” below. The information below does not describe every type of investment, technique or risk to which each Fund may be exposed. Each Fund reserves the right, without notice, to make any investment, or use any investment technique, except to the extent that such activity would require a shareholder vote, as discussed below under “Fundamental Investment Restrictions.”

 

2

 

 

Investment Practices

 

AMG GW&K Small Cap Core Fund

 

AMG GW&K Small/Mid Cap Fund

 

AMG GW&K Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

 

AMG GW&K Municipal Bond Fund

 

AMG Renaissance Large Cap Growth Fund

 

AMG TimesSquare Small Cap Growth Fund

 

AMG TimesSquare Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

AMG TimesSquare International Small Cap Fund

 AMG TimesSquare Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

 AMG Managers Skyline Special Equities Fund

 

AMG TimesSquare Global Small Cap Fund

Asset-Backed Securities

   

X

X

             

Below Investment Grade Securities

X

X

X

X

             

Borrowing

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cash Equivalents

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Bank Obligations

X

X

X

X

     

X

X

 

X

Bankers Acceptances

         

X

X

X

X

X

X

Certificates of Deposit

         

X

X

X

X

X

X

Repurchase Agreements

X

X

X

X

 

X

X

X

X

X

X

Short-Term Corporate Debt Securities

   

X

X

 

X

X

X

X

X

X

Time Deposits

         

X

X

X

X

X

X

Commercial Paper

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Corporate and Other Debt Securities

   

X

X

             

Derivative Instruments

X

X

X

X

     

X

X

 

X

Emerging Market Securities

X

X

         

X

X

X

X

Equity Investments

X

X

 

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Common Stock

X

X

   

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Convertible Securities

X

X

 

X

 

X

X

X

X

 

X

Depositary Receipts

X

X

     

X

X

X

X

X

X

Initial Public Offerings

X

X

 

X

 

X

X

X

X

X

X

Preferred Stock

X

X

     

X

X

X

X

X

X

Floating Rate and Variable Rate Demand Notes

   

X

X

             

Foreign Currencies and Related Transactions

             

X

X

 

X

Foreign Securities

X

X

   

X

   

X

X

X

X

Forward Commitments

X

X

X

X

     

X

X

 

X

Illiquid Securities; Private Placements and Certain Unregistered Securities

X

X

X

   

X

X

X

X

X

X

Interfund Lending

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

 

3

 

Investment Practices

AMG GW&K Small Cap Core Fund

 AMG GW&K Small/Mid Cap Fund

 AMG GW&K Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

AMG GW&K Municipal Bond Fund

 AMG Renaissance Large Cap Growth Fund

AMG TimesSquare Small Cap Growth Fund

 AMG TimesSquare Mid Cap Growth Fund

 AMG TimesSquare International Small Cap Fund

 AMG TimesSquare Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

AMG Managers Skyline Special Equities Fund

AMG TimesSquare Global Small Cap Fund

Investment Company Securities

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Mortgage Related Securities

   

X

X

             

Municipal Obligations

   

X

X

             

Participations

   

X

X

     

X

X

 

X

Real Estate Investment Trusts

X

X

     

X

X

X

X

X

X

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

X

X

X

   

X

X

X

X

 

X

Securities Lending

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Structured Notes and Other Hybrid Instruments

   

X

X

     

X

X

 

X

United States Government Obligations

X

X

X

X

X

   

X

X

 

X

Warrants and Rights

X

X

     

X

X

X

X

 

X

When-Issued Securities

X

X

X

X

     

X

X

 

X

Zero Coupon Securities

X

X

X

X

     

X

X

 

X

 

4

 

Investment Techniques and Associated Risks

 

(1) Asset-Backed Securities

 

Asset-backed securities directly or indirectly represent a participation interest in, or are secured by and are payable from, a stream of payments generated from particular assets, such as automobile and credit card receivables and home equity loans or other asset-backed securities collateralized by those assets. Asset-backed securities provide periodic payments that generally consist of both principal and interest payments that must be guaranteed by a letter of credit from an unaffiliated bank for a specified amount and time.

 

Asset-backed securities are subject to certain risks. These risks generally arise out of the security interest in the assets collateralizing the security. For example, credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to a number of protections from the state and through federal consumer laws, many of which give the debtor the right to offset certain amounts of credit card debts thereby reducing the amounts due. In general, these types of loans have a shorter life than mortgage loans and are less likely to have substantial prepayments. 

 

The Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund and the Municipal Bond Fund may also invest in mortgage-backed securities, which are asset-backed securities associated with mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities and the risks associated with them are discussed under “Mortgage Related Securities” below.

 

(2) Below Investment Grade Securities

In General. Certain Funds may invest in below investment grade securities, subject to any limitations set forth in each Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI. Below investment grade securities (also referred to as “high yield securities” or “junk bonds”) are securities rated below BBB by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Baa by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), securities comparably rated by another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”), or unrated securities of equivalent quality. See Appendix A for further discussion regarding securities ratings. Below investment grade securities are deemed by the rating agencies to be predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal and may involve major risk or exposure to adverse conditions. Below investment grade securities, while generally offering higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy. The special risk considerations in connection with investments in these securities are discussed below.

 

Below investment grade securities generally offer a higher yield than that available from higher-rated issues with similar maturities, as compensation for holding a security that is subject to greater risk. Lower-rated securities involve higher risks in that they are especially subject to (1) adverse changes in general economic conditions and in the industries in which the issuers are engaged, (2) adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuers, (3) price fluctuation in response to changes in interest rates and (4) limited liquidity and secondary market support.

Effect of Interest Rates and Economic Changes. All interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of below investment grade securities tend to reflect individual corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Below investment grade securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risks than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly

 

5

 

leveraged issuers of below investment grade securities may experience financial stress which may adversely affect their ability to service their debt obligations, meet projected business goals, and obtain additional financing. Periods of economic uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of these securities and thus in a Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”).

 

Payment Expectations. Below investment grade securities may contain redemption, call or prepayment provisions which permit the issuer of such securities to, at its discretion, redeem the securities. During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of these securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance them with debt securities with a lower interest rate. To the extent an issuer is able to refinance the securities, or otherwise redeem them, a Fund may have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which would result in a lower return.

 

Credit Ratings. Credit ratings issued by credit-rating agencies are designed to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities. They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of lower-quality securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the risks of an investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of the issuer that affect the market value of the security. With regard to an investment in below investment grade securities, the achievement of a Fund’s investment objective may be more dependent on the Subadviser’s own credit analysis than is the case for higher rated securities. Although the Subadviser considers security ratings when making investment decisions, it does not rely solely on the ratings assigned by the rating services. Rather, the Subadviser performs research and independently assesses the value of particular securities relative to the market. The Subadviser’s analysis may include consideration of the issuer’s experience and managerial strength, changing financial condition, borrowing requirements or debt maturity schedules, and the issuer’s responsiveness to changes in business conditions and interest rates. It also considers relative values based on anticipated cash flow, interest or dividend coverage, asset coverage and earnings prospects.

 

A Fund’s Subadviser buys and sells debt securities principally in response to its evaluation of an issuer’s continuing ability to meet its obligations, the availability of better investment opportunities, and its assessment of changes in business conditions and interest rates.

 

Liquidity and Valuation. Below investment grade securities may lack an established retail secondary market, and to the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it may be less liquid than the secondary market for higher rated securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may negatively impact a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may also make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing the Fund’s portfolio. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of below investment grade securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

 

Because of the many risks involved in investing in below investment grade securities, the success of such investments is dependent upon the credit analysis of the Subadviser. Although the market for below investment grade securities is not new, and the market has previously weathered economic downturns, the past performance of the market for such securities may not be an accurate indication of its performance during future economic downturns or periods of rising interest rates. Differing yields on debt securities of the same maturity are a function of several factors, including the relative financial strength of the issuers.

 

6

 

(3) Borrowing

 

Under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), a Fund may borrow from any bank, provided that immediately after any such borrowing there is an asset coverage of at least 300% for all borrowings by the Fund and provided further, that in the event that such asset coverage shall at any time fall below 300%, the Fund shall, within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) thereafter or such longer period as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) may prescribe by rules and regulations, reduce the amount of its borrowings to such an extent that the asset coverage of such borrowings shall be at least 300%. In addition, each Fund may borrow up to 33 1/3% of its total assets through an interfund lending program with other eligible funds in the AMG Fund Complex (as further described below). The 1940 Act also permits an open-end investment company to borrow money from a bank or other person provided that such loan is for temporary purposes only and is in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the investment company’s total assets at the time when the loan is made. A loan is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within sixty days and is not extended or renewed. Typically, a Fund may pledge up to 33 1/3% of its total assets to secure these borrowings. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, has entered into a master interfund lending agreement that would allow each Fund to borrow, for temporary purposes only, from other eligible funds in the AMG Fund Complex, subject to each Fund’s fundamental investment restrictions and provided such borrowings do not exceed the amount permitted by Section 18 of the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, as modified by the below mentioned and any other applicable exemptive order or other relief. Please see “Interfund Lending” below for more information. If a Fund’s asset coverage for borrowings falls below 300%, the Fund will take prompt action to reduce its borrowings even though it may be disadvantageous at that time from an investment point of view. A Fund will incur costs when it borrows, including payment of interest and any fee necessary to maintain a line of credit, and may be required to maintain a minimum average balance. If a Fund is permitted to borrow money to take advantage of investment opportunities, if the income and appreciation on assets acquired with such borrowed funds exceed their borrowing cost, a Fund’s investment performance will increase, whereas if the income and appreciation on assets acquired with borrowed funds are less than their borrowing costs, investment performance will decrease. If a Fund borrows to invest in securities and the related gains from the investment and/or any hedging activity exceed the cost of borrowing and/or losses on hedging, the NAV of the shares will rise more than would otherwise be the case. On the other hand, if the investment performance of the additional securities purchased fails to cover their cost (including any interest paid on the money borrowed) to the Fund, the NAV of the Fund’s shares will decrease faster than would otherwise be the case. This speculative characteristic is known as “leverage.”

 

(4) Cash Equivalents

 

The Funds may invest in cash equivalents to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and as discussed in each Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI. A description of the various types of cash equivalents that may be purchased by certain Funds appears below.

 

Bank Obligations. Certain Funds may purchase obligations of domestic and foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks. Banks are subject to extensive governmental regulations. These regulations place limitations on the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made by the bank and the interest rates and fees which may be charged on these loans and commitments. The profitability of the banking industry depends on the availability and costs of capital funds for the purpose of financing loans under prevailing money market conditions. General economic conditions also play a key role in the operations of the banking industry. Exposure to credit losses arising from potential financial difficulties of borrowers may affect the ability of the bank to meet its obligations under a letter of credit.

 

7

 

Bankers Acceptances. Bankers acceptances are short-term credit instruments used to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods. These instruments become “accepted” when a bank guarantees their payment upon maturity. Eurodollar bankers acceptances are bankers acceptances denominated in U.S. dollars and are “accepted” by foreign branches of major U.S. commercial banks.

 

Certificates of Deposit. Certificates of deposit are issued against money deposited into a bank (including eligible foreign branches of U.S. banks) or a savings and loan association (“S&L”) for a definite period of time. They earn a specified rate of return and are normally negotiable.

 

Repurchase Agreements. In a repurchase agreement, a Fund buys a security from a bank or a broker-dealer that has agreed to repurchase the same security at a mutually agreed-upon date and price. The resale price normally reflects the purchase price plus a mutually agreed-upon interest rate. This interest rate is effective for the period of time a Fund is invested in the agreement and is not related to the coupon rate on the underlying security. Repurchase agreements are subject to certain risks that may adversely affect the Funds. If a seller defaults, a Fund may incur a loss if the value of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement declines and may incur disposition costs in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to a seller of the security, a Fund’s ability to dispose of the collateral may be delayed or limited. Generally, the period of these repurchase agreements will be short, and at no time will the Small Cap Core Fund, the Small/Mid Cap Fund, the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund or the Municipal Bond Fund enter into a repurchase agreement for a period of more than seven (7) days. The Special Equities Fund may invest up to 5% of its net assets in repurchase agreements.

 

Short-Term Corporate Debt Securities. Short-term corporate debt securities include bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities, and are generally used by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors for such purposes as working capital or capital expenditures. The issuer pays the investor a variable or fixed rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. The investment return of corporate debt securities reflects interest earnings and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate debt obligation may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates generally. In addition to interest rate risk, corporate debt securities also involve the risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. The rate of return or return of principal on some debt obligations may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.     

 

Time Deposits. Time deposits in banks or S&Ls are generally similar to certificates of deposit, but are uncertificated.

 

(5) Commercial Paper

 

Commercial paper refers to promissory notes that represent an unsecured debt of a corporation or finance company. They have a maturity of less than nine (9) months. Eurodollar commercial paper refers to promissory notes payable in U.S. dollars by European issuers.

 

(6) Corporate and Other Debt Securities

 

Certain Funds, subject to their applicable investment policies, may invest in corporate debt securities issued by U.S. and foreign companies, banks and other corporate entities.

 

8

 

Corporate debt securities include bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities, and are generally used by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors for such purposes as working capital or capital expenditures. The issuer pays the investor a variable or fixed rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. The investment return of corporate debt securities reflects interest earnings and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate debt obligation may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates generally. In addition to interest rate risk, corporate debt securities also involve the risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. The rate of return or return of principal on some debt obligations may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.

 

(7) Derivative Instruments

 

The following describes certain derivative instruments and products in which certain Funds may invest and risks associated therewith.

 

A Fund might not employ any of the strategies described below or be permitted by applicable law to do so, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. Also, suitable derivative and/or hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to identify or employ a desirable derivative and/or hedging transaction at any time or from time to time or that any such transactions will be successful.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. To the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, a Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts, including futures contracts on global equity and fixed-income securities, interest rate futures contracts, foreign currency futures contracts and futures contracts on security indices (including broad-based security indices), for any purpose. A Fund may invest in foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon (“options on futures”) that are traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system as an adjunct to their securities activities. A Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts on various securities indices (“Index Futures”), including indices of U.S. government securities, foreign government securities, equity securities or fixed-income securities, and related options. Through the use of Index Futures and related options, a Fund may create economic exposure in its portfolio to long and short positions in the global (U.S. and non-U.S.) equity, bond and currency markets without incurring the substantial brokerage costs which may be associated with investment in the securities of multiple issuers. A Fund may enter into futures contracts for the purchase or sale of fixed-income securities, equity securities or foreign currencies, and may also use options on securities or currency futures contracts.

 

A futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, foreign currency or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time. An Index Future is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of a securities index (“Index”) at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an Index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of these securities is made. A unit is the value of the relevant Index from time to time. Entering into a contract to buy units is commonly referred to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a long position in an Index. Index Futures contracts can be traded through major commodity brokers. As described below, a Fund will be required to segregate initial margin in the name of the futures broker upon entering into an Index Future. Variation margin will be paid to and received from the broker on a daily basis as the contracts are marked to market, as a settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. For example, when a Fund

9

 

has purchased an Index Future and the price of the relevant Index has risen, that position will have increased in value and a Fund will receive from the broker a variation margin payment equal to that increase in value. Conversely, when a Fund has purchased an Index Future and the price of the relevant Index has declined, the position would be less valuable and a Fund would be required to make a variation margin payment to the broker.

A Fund will ordinarily be able to close open positions on the futures exchanges on which Index Futures are traded at any time up to and including the expiration day. All positions which remain open at the close of the last business day of the contract’s life are required to settle on the next business day (based upon the value of the relevant Index on the expiration day), with settlement made with the appropriate clearing house. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close a futures position, and the Fund would be obligated to meet margin requirements (as discussed below) until the position is closed. Additional or different margin requirements as well as settlement procedures may be applicable to foreign stock Index Futures at the time a Fund purchases such instruments. Positions in Index Futures may be closed out by a Fund only on the futures exchanges upon which the Index Futures are then traded.

The following example illustrates generally the manner in which Index Futures operate. The S&P 100 Index is composed of 100 selected common stocks, most of which are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). The S&P 100 Index assigns relative weightings to the common stocks included in the Index, and the Index fluctuates with changes in the market values of those common stocks. In the case of the S&P 100 Index, contracts are to buy or sell 100 units. Thus, if the value of the S&P 100 Index were $180, one contract would be worth $18,000 (100 units x $180). The Index Future specifies that no delivery of the actual stocks making up the Index will take place. Instead, settlement in cash must occur upon the termination of the contract, with the settlement being the difference between the contract price and the actual level of the Index at the expiration of the contract. For example, if a Fund enters into a futures contract to buy 100 units of the S&P 100 Index at a specified future date at a contract price of $180 and the S&P 100 Index value is $184 on that future date, the Fund will gain $400 (100 units x gain of $4). If a Fund enters into a futures contract to sell 100 units of the Index at a specified future date at a contract price of $180 and the S&P 100 Index value is $182 on that future date, the Fund will lose $200 (100 units x loss of $2).

 

A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of Indices as well as financial instruments and foreign currencies, including but not limited to: the S&P 500; the S&P Midcap 400; the Nikkei 225; the NYSE Composite; U.S. Treasury bonds; U.S. Treasury notes; Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) Certificates; three-month U.S. Treasury bills; 90-day commercial paper; bank certificates of deposit; Eurodollar certificates of deposit; the Australian dollar; the Canadian dollar; the British pound; the Japanese yen; the Swiss franc; the Mexican peso; and certain multinational currencies, such as the euro. It is expected that other futures contracts in which a Fund may invest will be developed and traded in the future.

 

A Fund may purchase and write call and put options on futures. Options on futures possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indices (discussed below). An option on a futures contract gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the holder acquires a short position and the writer is assigned the opposite long position. A call option is “in the money” if the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option exceeds the exercise price. A put option is “in the money” if the exercise price exceeds the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option.

 

10

When a Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, the Fund is required to deposit with its futures commission merchant an amount of margin set by the clearing house on which the contract is cleared and the Fund’s futures commission merchant. This amount may be modified by the exchange or the futures commission merchant during the term of the contract. Margin requirements on foreign exchanges may be different than U.S. exchanges. The initial margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by a Fund, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract which is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. A Fund may earn interest income on its initial margin deposits. A futures contract held by a Fund is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded. Each day a Fund pays or receives cash, called “variation margin,” equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as “marking to market.” Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by a Fund but is instead a settlement between the Fund and the exchange of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. If a Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous. In computing daily NAV, a Fund will mark to market its open futures positions.

A Fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it. Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option, and other futures positions held by a Fund.

Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (i.e., with the same exchange, underlying security or index, and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, a Fund realizes a capital loss. Any transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures contract or options position, and the Fund would be obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. The inability to close options and futures positions also could have an adverse impact on a Fund’s ability to effectively hedge.

Limitations on Use of Futures and Options on Futures. A Fund may only enter into futures contracts and options on futures which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange or board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system, or in the case of options on futures, for which an established over-the-counter (“OTC”) option market exists. A Fund may utilize futures contracts and related options for any purpose, including for investment purposes and for “bona fide hedging” purposes (as such term is defined in applicable regulations of the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”)), for example, to hedge against changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates or securities prices. For instance, a Fund may invest to a significant degree in Index Futures on stock indices and related options (including those which may trade outside of the United States) as an alternative to purchasing individual stocks in order to adjust their exposure to a particular market.

 

When purchasing a futures contract, a Fund may segregate or earmark (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by a Fund’s Subadviser, in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract on the Fund’s records. Alternatively, a Fund may “cover” its position by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held by the Fund.

 

11

 

When selling a futures contract, a Fund may segregate or earmark (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the Fund’s Subadviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees that are equal to the market value of the instruments underlying the contract. Alternatively, a Fund may “cover” its position by owning the instruments underlying the contract (or, in the case of an Index Future, a portfolio with a volatility substantially similar to that of the Index on which the futures contract is based), or by holding a call option permitting the Fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price no higher than the price of the contract written by the Fund (or at a higher price if the difference is maintained in liquid assets with the Fund’s custodian).

 

When selling a call option on a futures contract, a Fund may segregate or earmark (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the Fund’s Subadviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, equal the total market value of the futures contract underlying the call option. Alternatively, a Fund may cover its position by entering into a long position in the same futures contract at a price no higher than the strike price of the call option, by owning the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by holding a separate call option permitting the Fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price not higher than the strike price of the call option sold by the Fund.

 

When selling a put option on a futures contract, a Fund may segregate or earmark (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the Fund’s Subadviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees that equal the purchase price of the futures contract, less any margin on deposit. Alternatively, a Fund may cover the position either by entering into a short position in the same futures contract, or by owning a separate put option permitting it to sell the same futures contract so long as the strike price of the purchased put option is the same or higher than the strike price of the put option sold by the Fund.

The CFTC has adopted regulations that subject registered investment companies and their investment advisers to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in futures, options on futures or commodities, swaps, or other financial instruments regulated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“commodity interests”), or if a Fund markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. As of the date of this SAI, the Funds are operated by a person, the Investment Manager, who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) pursuant to Rule 4.5 thereunder (the “exclusion”) promulgated by the CFTC (with respect to the Funds). Accordingly, neither the Investment Manager (with respect to the Funds) nor any Fund is subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” or “commodity pool,” respectively, under the CEA. To remain eligible for the exclusion, each of the Funds will be limited in its ability to use any commodity interests and in the manner in which it holds out its use of such commodity interests. In the event that a Fund’s investments in commodity interests are not within the thresholds set forth in the exclusion, the Investment Manager may be required to register as a “commodity pool operator” and/or “commodity trading advisor” with the CFTC with respect to that Fund. The Investment Manager’s eligibility to claim the exclusion with respect to a Fund will be based upon, among other things, the level and scope of a Fund’s investment in commodity interests, the purposes of such investments and the manner in which the Fund holds out its use of commodity interests. Each Fund’s ability to invest in commodity interests (including, but not limited to, futures and swaps on broad-based securities indexes and interest rates) is limited by the Investment Manager’s intention to operate the Fund in a manner that would permit the Investment Manager to continue to claim the exclusion under Rule 4.5, which may adversely affect the Fund’s total return. In the event the Investment Manager becomes unable to rely on the exclusion in Rule 4.5 and is required to register with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator with respect to a Fund, the Fund’s expenses may increase, adversely affecting the Fund’s total return.

12

 

Risks Associated with Futures and Options on Futures. There are several risks associated with the use of futures contracts and options on futures as hedging techniques. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. Some of the risk may be caused by an imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price of the security or other investment being hedged. The hedge will not be fully effective where there is such imperfect correlation. Also, an incorrect correlation could result in a loss on both the hedged securities in a Fund and the hedging vehicle, so that the portfolio return might have been greater had hedging not been attempted. For example, if the price of the futures contract moves more than the price of the hedged security, a Fund would experience either a loss or gain on the future which is not completely offset by movements in the price of the hedged securities. In addition, there are significant differences between the securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objectives. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and options on futures on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and options on futures, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. To compensate for imperfect correlations, a Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts in a greater dollar amount than the hedged securities if the volatility of the hedged securities is historically greater than the volatility of the futures contracts. Conversely, a Fund may purchase or sell fewer contracts if the volatility of the price of the hedged securities is historically less than that of the futures contracts. The risk of imperfect correlation generally tends to diminish as the maturity date of the futures contract approaches. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends. Also, suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances.

 

Additionally, the price of Index Futures may not correlate perfectly with movement in the relevant index due to certain market distortions. First, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions which could distort the normal relationship between the index and futures markets. Second, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market, and as a result, the futures market may attract more speculators than does the securities market. Increased participation by speculators in the futures market may also cause temporary price distortions. In addition, trading hours for foreign stock Index Futures may not correspond perfectly to hours of trading on the foreign exchange to which a particular foreign stock Index Future relates. This may result in a disparity between the price of Index Futures and the value of the relevant index due to the lack of continuous arbitrage between the Index Futures price and the value of the underlying index.

 

Futures exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses.

 

13

 

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a Fund seeks to close out a futures or a futures option position. If a Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it could incur substantial losses. A Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. Also, except in the case of purchased options, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain a position being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account. In addition, many of the contracts discussed above are relatively new instruments without a significant trading history. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.

Utilization of futures transactions by a Fund involves the risk of loss by a Fund of margin

deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker or clearing house with whom a Fund has an open position in a futures contract or related option.

Forward Currency Contracts. A Fund may enter into forward currency contracts for any purpose, including to attempt to hedge currency exposure or to enhance return. A forward currency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a currency against another currency at a future date and price as agreed upon by the parties. A Fund may either accept or make delivery of the currency at the maturity of the forward contract or, prior to maturity, enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity.

 

A Fund may engage in forward currency transactions in anticipation of, or to protect itself against, fluctuations in exchange rates. A Fund might sell a particular currency forward, for example, when it wanted to hold bonds denominated in that currency but anticipated, and sought to be protected against, a decline in the currency against the U.S. dollar. Similarly, a Fund might purchase a currency forward to “lock in” the dollar price of securities denominated in that currency which it anticipated purchasing. To avoid leverage in connection with forward currency transactions, a Fund will set aside with its custodian or earmark securities considered to be liquid by the Subadviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, or hold a covered position against any potential delivery or payment obligations under any outstanding contracts, in an amount equal to open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes.

 

Forward currency contracts are not traded on regulated exchanges. When a Fund enters into a forward currency contract, it incurs the risk of default by the counterparty to the transaction.

 

Options. A Fund may purchase and sell both put options and call options on a variety of underlying securities and instruments, including, but not limited to, specific securities, securities indices, futures contracts and foreign currencies. A call option gives the purchaser the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying security or instrument at the agreed-upon price during the option period. A put option gives the purchaser the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, the underlying security or instrument at the agreed-upon price during the option period. Purchasers of options pay an amount, known as a premium, to the option writer in exchange for the right under the option contract.

 

A Fund may purchase call options for any purpose. For example, a Fund may purchase a call option as a long hedge. Call options also may be used as a means of participating in an anticipated price increase of a security or instrument on a more limited risk basis than would be possible if the security or

 

14

 

instrument itself were purchased. In the event of a decline in the price of the underlying security or instrument, use of this strategy would serve to limit a Fund’s potential loss to the option premium paid; conversely, if the market price of the underlying security or instrument increases above the exercise price and the Fund either sells or exercises the option, any profit realized would be reduced by the premium.

 

A Fund may purchase put options for any purpose. For example, a Fund may purchase a put option as a short hedge. The put option enables a Fund to sell the underlying security or instrument at the predetermined exercise price; thus the potential for loss to a Fund below the exercise price is limited to the option premium paid. If the market price of the underlying security or instrument is lower than the exercise price of the put option, any profit a Fund realizes on the sale of the security or instrument would be reduced by the premium paid for the put option less any amount for which the put option may be sold.

 

A Fund may write call or put options for any purpose. For example, writing put or call options can enable a Fund to enhance income or yield by reason of the premiums paid by the purchasers of such options. However, a Fund may also suffer a loss as a result of writing options. For example, if the market price of the security or instrument underlying a put option declines to less than the exercise price of the option, minus the premium received, a Fund would suffer a loss. A Fund will segregate or earmark assets or otherwise “cover” written call or put options in accordance with applicable SEC guidelines.

 

Writing call options can serve as a limited short hedge, because declines in the value of the hedged security or instrument would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, when securities prices increase, a Fund is exposed to an increased risk of loss, because if the price of the underlying security or instrument exceeds the option’s exercise price, the Fund will suffer a loss equal to the amount by which the market price exceeds the exercise price at the time the call option is exercised, minus the premium received. If the call option is an OTC option, the securities or other assets used as cover may be considered illiquid.

 

Writing put options can serve as a limited long hedge because declines in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the underlying security or instrument depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the put option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised and a Fund will be obligated to purchase the underlying security or instrument at more than its market value. If the put option is an OTC option, the securities or other assets used as cover may be considered illiquid.

 

The value of an option position will be affected by, among other things, the current market value of the underlying security or instrument, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying security or instrument, the historical price volatility of the underlying security or instrument and general market conditions.

 

A Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction. For example, a Fund may terminate its obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction. Conversely, a Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit a Fund to realize profits or limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

 

Risks of Options. Options offer large amounts of leverage, which will result in a Fund’s NAV being more sensitive to changes in the value of the related instrument. A Fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options. Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees

 

15

 

completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. In contrast, OTC options are contracts between a Fund and its counterparty (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee. Thus, when a Fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the counterparty from whom it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by a Fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

 

A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed options depends on the existence of a liquid market. However, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time. Closing transactions can be made for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty, or by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. There can be no assurance that a Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at a favorable price prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the counterparty, a Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration, if at all.

 

If a Fund were unable to effect a closing transaction for an option it had purchased, due to the absence of a counterparty or secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit. The inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered call option written by a Fund could cause material losses because the Fund would be unable to sell the investment used as cover for the written option until the option expires or is exercised.

 

Options have varying expiration dates. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to or above the current market value of the underlying security or instrument. Options purchased by a Fund that expire unexercised have no value, and the Fund will realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid and any transaction costs. If an option written by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. Transaction costs must be included in these calculations.

 

Additional risks of OTC options are discussed below (“Risks Related to OTC Options”).

 

Options on Indices. To the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, the Funds may invest in options on indices, including broad-based security indices. Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on other investments except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities, futures contracts or other investments. When a Fund writes a call on an index, it receives a premium and agrees that, prior to the expiration date, the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call. The amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”), which determines the total dollar value for each point of such difference. When a Fund buys a call on an index, it pays a premium and has the same rights as to such call as are indicated above. When a Fund buys a put on an index, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the seller of the put, upon the Fund’s exercise of the put, to deliver to the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put, which amount of cash is determined by the multiplier, as described above for calls. When a Fund writes a put on an index, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the Fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and exercise price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the exercise price.

 

16

Risks of Options on Indices. The risks of investments in options on indices may be greater than options on securities, futures contracts or other investments. Because index options are settled in cash,when a Fund writes a call on an index it cannot provide in advance for its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying index. A Fund can offset some of the risk of writing a call index option by holding a diversified portfolio of securities or instruments similar to those on which the underlying index is based. However, a Fund cannot, as a practical matter, acquire and hold a portfolio containing exactly the same securities or instruments as those that underlie the index and, as a result, the Fund bears a risk that the value of the securities or instruments held will vary from the value of the index.

Even if a Fund could assemble a portfolio that exactly reproduced the composition of the underlying index, it still would not be fully covered from a risk standpoint because of the “timing risk” inherent in writing index options. When an index option is exercised, the amount of cash that the holder is entitled to receive is determined by the difference between the exercise price and the closing index level on the date when the option is exercised. As with other kinds of options, a Fund as the call writer will not learn of the assignment until the next business day at the earliest. The time lag between exercise and notice of assignment poses no risk for the writer of a covered call on a specific underlying security or instrument, such as common stock, because there the writer’s obligation is to deliver the underlying security or instrument, not to pay its value as of a fixed time in the past. So long as the writer already owns the underlying security or instrument, it can satisfy its settlement obligations by simply delivering it, and the risk that its value may have declined since the exercise date is borne by the exercising holder. In contrast, even if the writer of an index call holds investments that exactly match the composition of the underlying index, it will not be able to satisfy its assignment obligations by delivering those investments against payment of the exercise price. Instead, it will be required to pay cash in an amount based on the closing index value on the exercise date. By the time it learns that it has been assigned, the index may have declined, with a corresponding decline in the value of its portfolio. This “timing risk” is an inherent limitation on the ability of index call writers to cover their risk exposure by holding security or instrument positions.

 

If a Fund has purchased an index option and exercises it before the closing index value for that day is available, it runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may subsequently change. If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the Fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer.

 

Risks Related to OTC Options. Unlike exchange-traded options, which are standardized with respect to the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size, and strike price, the terms of OTC options (options not traded on exchanges) generally are established through negotiation with the other party to the option contract. While this type of arrangement allows a Fund great flexibility to tailor the option to its needs, OTC options generally involve greater risk than exchange-traded options, which are guaranteed by the clearing organization of the exchanges where they are traded. In addition, OTC options are generally considered illiquid by the SEC.

 

A Fund can use both European-style and American-style options. A European-style option is only exercisable immediately prior to its expiration. This is in contrast to American-style options, which are exercisable at any time prior to the expiration date of the option.

 

Foreign Currency Options. A Fund may use currency options, for example, to cross-hedge or to increase total return when the Subadviser anticipates that the currency will appreciate or depreciate in value. A Fund may additionally buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies as a hedge against changes in the value of the U.S. dollar (or another currency) in relation to a foreign currency in which the Fund’s securities may be denominated. A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price

 

17

 

until the option expires. A Fund might purchase a currency put option, for example, to protect itself during the contract period against a decline in the dollar value of a currency in which it holds or anticipates holding securities. If the currency’s value should decline against the dollar, the loss in currency value should be offset, in whole or in part, by an increase in the value of the put. If the value of the currency instead should rise against the dollar, any gain to a Fund would be reduced by the premium paid for the put option. A currency call option might be purchased, for example, in anticipation of, or to protect against, a rise in the value against the dollar of a currency in which the Fund anticipates purchasing securities.

 

The Funds may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies either on exchanges or in the OTC market. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits which may limit the ability of a Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options. Listed options are third party contracts (i.e., performance of the obligations of the purchaser and seller is guaranteed by the exchange or clearing corporation), and have standardized strike prices and expiration dates. OTC options differ from listed options in that they are bilateral contracts with strike prices, expiration dates and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-traded options. Under definitions adopted by the CFTC and SEC, many foreign currency options are considered swaps for certain purposes, including determination of whether such instruments need to be exchange-traded and centrally cleared, as discussed further in “Risks of Government Regulation of Derivatives” below.     

Additional Risks of Futures Contracts, Options on Futures Contracts, Options on Securities and Forward Currency Exchange Contracts and Options thereon. Options on securities, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and options on currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. Some foreign exchanges may be principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and a trader may look only to the broker for performance of the contract. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in a Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (v) lesser trading volume. In addition, unless a Fund hedges against fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which trading is done on foreign exchanges, any profits that the Fund might realize in trading could be eliminated by adverse changes in the exchange rate, or the Fund could incur losses as a result of those changes.

The value of some derivative instruments in which a Fund may invest may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates, and, like the other investments of a Fund, the ability of a Fund to successfully utilize these instruments may depend in part upon the ability of the Subadviser to forecast interest rates and other economic factors correctly. If the Subadviser incorrectly forecasts such factors and has taken positions in derivative instruments contrary to prevailing market trends, the Funds could be exposed to risk of loss. In addition, a Fund’s use of such instruments may cause a Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates) than if a Fund had not used such instruments.

 

Certain of a Fund’s investments in derivative instruments may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If such a difference arises, and the Fund’s book income is less than its taxable income, the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment and to avoid an entity-level tax. A

 

18

 

Fund may be required to accrue and distribute imputed income from certain derivative investments on a current basis, even though the Fund does not receive the income currently. A Fund may have to sell other investments to obtain cash needed to make income distributions, which may reduce the Fund’s assets, increase its expense ratio and decrease its rate of return. For U.S. federal income tax information regarding derivative instruments, see “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters” below.

Swap Agreements. To the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, a Fund may engage in swap transactions, including, but not limited to swap transactions on interest rates, security indices, specific securities and currency exchange rates.

A Fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objectives and policies, such as attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities a Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in a more cost-efficient manner.

Swap agreements include two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to a number of years. Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of types of investments or market factors. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” such as the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. The “notional amount” of a swap transaction is the agreed upon basis for calculating the payments that the parties have agreed to exchange.

 

Most swap agreements entered into by the Funds calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, a Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund from the counterparty) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by segregating or earmarking assets determined to be liquid by the Subadviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, to avoid any potential leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio. A Fund may also “cover” swaps in accordance with applicable SEC guidelines. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities. A Fund will not enter into a swap agreement with any single party that is engaged in a securities related business if the net amount owed or to be received under existing contracts with that party, along with investments in other securities issued by such counterparty, would exceed 5% of the Fund’s assets.

 

Whether a Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on many factors, including the Subadviser’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), may limit the Funds’ ability to use swap agreements.

19

 

Because swaps are two-party contracts that may be subject to contractual restrictions on transferability and termination and because they may have terms of greater than seven calendar days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. If a swap is not liquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses, and a Fund’s obligation under such agreement, together with other illiquid assets and securities, will not exceed 15% of a Fund’s net assets.

Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. A Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. However, when a counterparty’s obligations are not fully secured by collateral, then the Fund is essentially an unsecured creditor of the counterparty. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that a counterparty will be able to meet its obligations pursuant to such contracts or that, in the event of default, the Fund will succeed in enforcing contractual remedies. Counterparty risk still exists even if a counterparty’s obligations are secured by collateral because the Fund’s interest in collateral may not be perfected or additional collateral may not be promptly posted as required. Counterparty risk also may be more pronounced if a counterparty’s obligations exceed the amount of collateral held by the Fund, if any, the Fund is unable to exercise its interest in collateral upon default by the counterparty, or the termination value of the instrument varies significantly from the marked-to-market value of the instrument. Additionally, in the event of a counterparty’s (or its affiliate’s) insolvency, a Fund’s ability to exercise remedies could be stayed or eliminated under new special resolution regimes adopted in various global jurisdictions (see “Risk of Government Regulation of Derivatives” below).

 

Transactions in some types of swaps (including certain interest rate swaps and credit default swaps) are required to be centrally cleared. In a transaction involving those swaps (“cleared derivatives”), a Fund’s counterparty is a clearing house rather than the original counterparty to the derivatives transaction (i.e., a bank or broker), so the Fund is subject to the credit risk of the clearing house and the member of the clearing house (“clearing member”) through which it holds its cleared position, rather than the credit risk of its original counterparty to the derivative transaction. Credit risk of market participants with respect to cleared derivatives is concentrated in a few clearing houses, and it is not clear how an insolvency proceeding of a clearing house would be conducted and what impact an insolvency of a clearing house would have on the financial system. A clearing member is generally obligated to segregate all funds received from customers with respect to cleared derivatives transactions from the clearing member’s proprietary assets. However, all funds and other property received by a clearing broker from its customers are generally held by the clearing broker on a commingled basis in an omnibus account, and the clearing member may invest those funds in certain instruments permitted under the applicable regulations. The assets of a Fund might not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the Fund’s clearing member, because the Fund would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of the clearing broker’s customers for a relevant account class. Also, the clearing member is required to transfer to the clearing organization the amount of margin required by the clearing organization for cleared derivatives, which amounts are generally held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization for all customers of the clearing member. Regulations promulgated by the CFTC require that the clearing member notify the clearing house of the amount of initial margin provided by the clearing member to the clearing organization that is attributable to each customer. However, if the clearing member does not provide accurate reporting, a Fund is subject to the risk that a clearing organization will use the Fund’s assets held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization to satisfy payment obligations of a defaulting customer of the clearing member to the clearing organization. In addition, if a clearing member does not comply with the applicable regulations or its agreement with a Fund, or in the event of fraud or misappropriation of customer assets by a clearing member, the Fund could have only an unsecured creditor claim in an insolvency of the clearing member with respect to the margin held by the clearing member. Further risks related to cleared derivatives transactions are discussed in “Additional Risk Factors in Cleared Derivatives Transactions” below.

20

 

Many OTC derivatives are complex and their valuation often requires modeling and judgment, which increases the risk of mispricing or incorrect valuation. The pricing models used may not produce valuations that are consistent with the values the Fund realizes when it closes or sells an OTC derivative. Valuation risk is more pronounced when the Fund enters into OTC derivatives with specialized terms because the market value of those derivatives in some cases is determined in part by reference to similar derivatives with more standardized terms. Incorrect valuations may result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties, undercollateralization and/or errors in calculation of the Fund’s NAV.

 

A Fund may enter into interest rate and currency swap transactions and purchase or sell interest rate and currency caps and floors. A Fund will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis (i.e. the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlement with respect to each interest rate or currency swap will be calculated on a daily basis and an amount of cash or other liquid assets having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. If a Fund enters into an interest rate or currency swap on other than a net basis it will maintain a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of its obligations with respect to the swap. The Funds will not enter into any interest rate or currency swap, cap or floor transaction unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated at least “high quality” by at least one NRSRO at the time of entering into such transaction.

 

Participatory Notes and Non-Standard Warrants. From time to time, the International Small Cap Fund, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, and the Global Small Cap Fund may use non-standard warrants, including participatory notes (“P-Notes”), to gain exposure to issuers in certain countries. P-Notes are a type of equity-linked derivative that generally are traded OTC and constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them. Generally, banks and broker-dealers associated with non-U.S.-based brokerage firms buy securities listed on certain foreign exchanges and then issue P-Notes which are designed to replicate the performance of certain issuers and markets. The performance results of P-Notes will not replicate exactly the performance of the issuers or markets that the notes seek to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses. The return on a P-Note that is linked to a particular underlying security generally is increased to the extent of any dividends paid in connection with the underlying security. However, the holder of a P-Note typically does not receive voting or other rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying security, and P-Notes present similar risks to investing directly in the underlying security. Additionally, P-Notes entail the same risks as other OTC derivatives. These include the risk that the counterparty or issuer of the P-Note may not be able to fulfill its obligations, that the holder and counterparty or issuer may disagree as to the meaning or application of contractual terms, or that the instrument may not perform as expected. Additionally, while P-Notes may be listed on an exchange, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist or that the counterparty or issuer of a P-Note will be willing to repurchase such instrument when a Fund wishes to sell it.

 

Risks of Government Regulation of Derivatives. It is possible that government regulation of various types of derivative instruments, including futures and swap agreements, may limit or prevent a Fund from using such instruments as a part of its investment strategy, and could ultimately prevent a Fund from being able to achieve its investment objective. It is impossible to predict fully the effects of legislation and regulation in this area, but the effects could be substantial and adverse.

    

The futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations, and margin requirements. The SEC, the CFTC and the exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of a market emergency, including, for example, the implementation or reduction of speculative position limits, the implementation of higher margin requirements, the establishment of daily price limits and the suspension of trading.

 

21

The regulation of swaps and futures transactions in the U.S., the European Union (“EU”) and other jurisdictions is a rapidly changing area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action. Recent legislative and regulatory reforms, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), have resulted in new regulation of swap agreements, including clearing, margin, reporting, recordkeeping and registration requirements for certain types of swaps contracts and other derivatives. Because these requirements are new and evolving, and certain of the rules are not yet final, their ultimate impact remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict a Fund’s ability to engage in swap transactions (for example, by making certain types of swap transactions no longer available to the Fund) and/or increase the costs of such swap transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Fund may as a result be unable to execute its investment strategies in a manner the Subadviser might otherwise choose. There is a possibility of future regulatory changes altering, perhaps to a material extent, the nature of an investment in a Fund or the ability of a Fund to continue to implement its investment strategies. New rules under the Dodd-Frank Act require certain OTC derivatives, including certain interest rate swaps and certain credit default swaps, to be executed on a regulated market and cleared through a central counterparty, which may result in increased margin requirements and costs for the Funds. (See “Additional Risk Factors in Cleared Derivatives Transactions” below.) It is also unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counter party risk.

 

Additionally, U.S. regulators, the EU and certain other jurisdictions have adopted minimum margin and capital requirements for uncleared OTC derivatives transactions. These rules impose minimum margin requirements on derivatives transactions between a Fund and its swap counterparties. They impose regulatory requirements on the timing of transferring margin. The Funds are already subject to variation margin requirements under such rules and may become subject to initial margin requirements under such rules in 2021. Such requirements could increase the amount of margin a Fund needs to provide in connection with uncleared derivatives transactions and, therefore, make such transactions more expensive.

Also, as described above, in the event of a counterparty’s (or its affiliate’s) insolvency, a Fund’s ability to exercise remedies could be stayed or eliminated under special resolution regimes adopted in the United States, the EU and various other jurisdictions. Such regimes provide government authorities with broad authority to intervene when a financial institution is experiencing financial difficulty and may prohibit a Fund from exercising termination rights based on the financial institution’s insolvency. In particular, in the EU, governmental authorities could reduce, eliminate or convert to equity the liabilities to the Funds of a counterparty experiencing financial difficulties (sometimes referred to as a “bail in”).

In addition, in November 2019, the SEC issued a release re-proposing a rule under the 1940 Act providing for the regulation of registered investment companies’ use of derivatives and certain related instruments. The ultimate impact, if any, of possible regulation remains unclear, but the proposed rule, if adopted, could, among other things, restrict a Fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions such that a Fund may be unable to implement its investment strategy.

These and other new rules and regulations could, among other things, further restrict a Fund’s ability to engage in, or increase the cost to the Fund of, derivatives transactions, for example, by making some types of derivatives no longer available to the Fund, increasing margin or capital requirements, or otherwise limiting liquidity or increasing transaction costs. The implementation of the clearing requirement has increased the costs of derivatives transactions for the Funds, since the Funds have to pay

 

22

 

fees to their clearing members and are typically required to post more margin for cleared derivatives than they have historically posted for bilateral derivatives. The costs of derivatives transactions may increase further as clearing members raise their fees to cover the costs of additional capital requirements and other regulatory changes applicable to the clearing members. Certain aspects of these regulations are still being implemented, so their potential impact on the Funds and the financial system are not yet known. While the regulations and central clearing of some derivatives transactions are designed to reduce systemic risk (i.e., the risk that the interdependence of large derivatives dealers could cause them to suffer liquidity, solvency or other challenges simultaneously), there is no assurance that the mechanisms imposed under the regulations will achieve that result, and in the meantime, as noted above, central clearing, minimum margin requirements and related requirements expose the Funds to new kinds of risks and costs.    

 

Additional Risk Factors in Cleared Derivatives Transactions. Transactions in some types of swaps (including interest rate swaps and credit default swaps on North American and European indices) are required to be centrally cleared, and additional types of swaps may be required to be centrally cleared in the future. In a transaction involving those swaps (“cleared derivatives”), a Fund’s counterparty is a clearing house, rather than a bank or broker. Since the Funds are not members of clearing houses and only clearing members can participate directly in the clearing house, the Funds will hold cleared derivatives through accounts at clearing members. In cleared derivatives transactions, a Fund will make payments (including margin payments) to and receive payments from a clearing house through its accounts at clearing members. Clearing members guarantee performance of their clients’ obligations to the clearing house.

In some ways, cleared derivative arrangements are less favorable to funds than bilateral arrangements. For example, a Fund may be required to provide more margin for cleared derivatives transactions than for bilateral derivatives transactions. Also, in contrast to a bilateral derivatives transaction, following a period of notice to a Fund, a clearing member generally can require termination of an existing cleared derivatives transaction at any time or an increase in margin requirements above the margin that the clearing member required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing transactions or to terminate those transactions at any time. Any increase in margin requirements or termination of existing cleared derivatives transactions by the clearing member or the clearing house could interfere with the ability of a Fund to pursue its investment strategy. Further, any increase in margin requirements by a clearing member could expose a Fund to greater credit risk to its clearing member, because margin for cleared derivatives transactions in excess of a clearing house’s margin requirements typically is held by the clearing member. Also, a Fund is subject to risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or that the Investment Manager or Subadviser expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Fund’s behalf. In those cases, the transaction might have to be terminated, and a Fund could lose some or all of the benefit of the transaction, including loss of an increase in the value of the transaction and/or loss of hedging protection. In addition, the documentation governing the relationship between the Fund and clearing members is drafted by the clearing members and generally is less favorable to the Fund than typical bilateral derivatives documentation. For example, documentation relating to cleared derivatives generally includes a one-way indemnity by the Fund in favor of the clearing member for losses the clearing member incurs as the Fund’s clearing member and typically does not provide the Fund any remedies if the clearing member defaults or becomes insolvent. While futures contracts entail similar risks, the risks likely are more pronounced for cleared swaps due to their more limited liquidity and market history.

Some types of cleared derivatives are required to be executed on an exchange or on a swap execution facility. A swap execution facility is a trading platform where multiple market participants can execute derivatives by accepting bids and offers made by multiple other participants in the platform. While this execution requirement is designed to increase transparency and liquidity in the cleared

 

23

derivatives market, trading on a swap execution facility can create additional costs and risks for a Fund. For example, swap execution facilities typically charge fees, and if a Fund executes derivatives on a swap execution facility through a broker intermediary, the intermediary may impose fees as well. Also, a Fund may be required to indemnify a swap execution facility, or a broker intermediary who executes cleared derivatives on a swap execution facility on the Fund’s behalf, against any losses or costs that may be incurred as a result of the Fund’s transactions on the swap execution facility. If a Fund wishes to execute a package of transactions that include a swap that is required to be executed on a swap execution facility as well as other transactions (for example, a transaction that includes both a security and an interest rate swap that hedges interest rate exposure with respect to such security), it is possible the Fund could not execute all components of the package on the swap execution facility. In that case, the Fund would need to trade certain components of the package on the swap execution facility and other components of the package in another manner, which could subject the Fund to the risk that certain of the components of the package would be executed successfully and others would not, or that the components would be executed at different times, leaving the Fund with an unhedged position for a period of time.

Segregated Accounts or Cover. A Fund will comply with SEC guidelines regarding covering certain financial transactions, including options, futures contracts, options on futures, forward contracts, swaps and other derivative transactions, and will, if the guidelines require, segregate or earmark on its books cash or other liquid assets in the prescribed amount as determined daily. In addition to the methods of segregating assets or otherwise “covering” such transactions described in this SAI, a Fund may cover the transactions using other methods currently or in the future permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or orders issued by the SEC thereunder. For these purposes, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff may be taken into account when deemed appropriate by a Fund.

 

Assets used as cover cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding instrument is open, unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of a Fund’s assets to cover in accounts could impede portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

 

(8) Emerging Market Securities

 

Investments in securities in emerging market countries may be considered to be speculative and may have additional risks from those associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. There may be limited information available to investors that is publicly available, and generally emerging market issuers are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial standards and requirements like those required by U.S. issuers.

 

Investors should be aware that the value of a Fund’s investments in emerging markets securities may be adversely affected by changes in the political, economic or social conditions, embargoes, economic sanctions, expropriation, nationalization, limitation on the removal of funds or assets, controls, tax regulations and other restrictions in emerging market countries. These risks may be more severe than those experienced in non-emerging market countries. Emerging market securities trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may have greater price volatility and lack liquidity. Furthermore, there is often no legal structure governing private or foreign investment or private property in some emerging market countries. This may adversely affect a Fund’s operations and the ability to obtain a judgment against an issuer in an emerging market country.

 

The risks outlined above are often more pronounced in “frontier markets” in which a Fund may invest. Frontier markets are those emerging markets that are considered to be among the smallest, least mature and least liquid, and as a result, the risks of investing in emerging markets are magnified in

 

24

 

frontier markets. This magnification of risks is the result of a number of factors, including: government ownership or control of parts of the private sector and of certain companies; trade barriers; exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which frontier market countries trade; less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements; unreliable securities valuation; greater risk associated with custody of securities; and the relatively new and unsettled securities laws in many frontier market countries. In addition, the markets of frontier countries typically have low trading volumes, leading to a greater potential for extreme price volatility and illiquidity. This volatility may be further increased by the actions of a few major investors. For example, a substantial increase or decrease in cash flows of institutional investors investing in these markets could significantly affect local securities prices and, therefore, the NAV of a Fund. All of these factors make investing in frontier market countries significantly riskier than investing in other countries, including more developed and traditional emerging market countries, and any one of them could cause the NAV of a Fund’s shares to decline.

 

(9) Equity Investments

 

Certain Funds may invest in equity securities subject to any restrictions set forth in the applicable Prospectus and this SAI. These securities may include securities listed on any domestic or foreign securities exchange and securities traded in the OTC market. More information on the various types of equity investments in which certain Funds may invest appears below.

 

Common Stock. Common stocks are securities that represent a unit of ownership in a corporation. A Fund’s transactions in common stock represent “long” transactions where the Fund owns the securities being sold, or will own the securities being purchased. Prices of common stocks will rise and fall due to a variety of factors, which include changing economic, political or market conditions that affect particular industries or companies.

 

The Small Cap Core Fund, the Small Cap Growth Fund, the International Small Cap Fund, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, the Global Small Cap Fund, and the Special Equities Fund may invest to a significant extent in small-capitalization companies, the Small/Mid Cap Fund may invest to a significant extent in small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies, the Mid Cap Growth Fund may invest to a significant extent in mid-capitalization companies and the Large Cap Growth Fund may invest to a significant extent in large-capitalization companies.

 

Large-capitalization companies tend to compete in mature product markets and do not typically experience the level of sustained growth of smaller companies and companies competing in less mature product markets. Also, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond as quickly as smaller companies to competitive challenges or changes in business, product, financial, or other market conditions.

 

The stocks of small- and mid-capitalization companies involve more risk than the stocks of larger, more established companies because they often have greater price volatility, lower trading volume, and less liquidity. These companies tend to have smaller revenues, narrower product lines, less management depth and experience, smaller shares of their product or service markets, fewer financial resources, and less competitive strength than larger companies.

 

Convertible Securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion,

 

25

 

convertible securities ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower than the yield on non-convertible debt. Convertible securities are usually subordinated to comparable tier non-convertible securities but rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure.

 

The value of a convertible security is a function of (1) its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (2) its worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock. Convertible securities are typically issued by smaller capitalized companies, whose stock prices may be volatile. The price of a convertible security often reflects such variations in the price of the underlying common stock in a way that non-convertible debt does not. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument, which could have an adverse effect on a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

 

Depositary Receipts. Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) are negotiable certificates held in the bank of one country representing a specific number of shares of a stock traded on an exchange of another country. American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) are negotiable receipts issued by a United States bank or trust company, trade in U.S. markets and evidence ownership of securities in a foreign company which have been deposited with such bank or trust’s office or agent in a foreign country. European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) are European receipts evidencing a similar arrangement. Non-Voting Depositary Receipts (“NVDRs”) are trading instruments issued by the Thai NVDR Company Limited, a subsidiary wholly owned by The Stock Exchange of Thailand (the “SET”), intended to stimulate trading activity in the Thai stock market.  NVDRs are automatically regarded as listed securities in the SET.  Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are receipts that may trade in U.S. or non-U.S. markets. Positions in GDRs, ADRs and EDRs are not necessarily denominated in the same currency as the common stocks into which they may be converted. With respect to investments in NVDRs, investors will receive all financial benefits, e.g., dividends and right issues, as if they had invested in a company’s ordinary shares, except that NVDR holders do not have the voting rights associated with the shares. 

 

Investing in depositary receipts presents risks not present to the same degree as investing in domestic securities even though a Fund will purchase, sell and be paid dividends on depositary receipts in U.S. dollars. These risks include fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which are affected by international balances of payments and other economic and financial conditions; government intervention; speculation; and other factors. With respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation and political, social and economic instability. A Fund may be required to pay foreign withholding or other taxes on certain of its depositary receipts. A Fund may not be eligible to elect or may not elect to permit United States shareholders to claim a credit or deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of any foreign income taxes paid by the Fund. In such case, the foreign taxes paid or withheld will nonetheless reduce the Fund’s taxable income. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters” below. Unsponsored depositary receipts are offered by companies which are not prepared to meet either the reporting or accounting standards of the United States. While readily exchangeable with stock in local markets, unsponsored depositary receipts may be less liquid than sponsored depositary receipts. Additionally, there generally is less publicly available information with respect to unsponsored depositary receipts.

 

Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”). Certain Funds may purchase securities in IPOs. These securities are subject to many of the same risks as investing in companies with smaller market capitalizations. Securities issued in IPOs have no trading history, and information about the companies may be available for very limited periods. The prices of securities sold in IPOs may be highly volatile. At any particular time or from time to time, a Fund may not be able to invest in securities issued in IPOs, or

 

26

 

invest to the extent desired, because, for example, only a small portion, if any, of the securities being offered in an IPO may be made available to the Fund. In addition, under certain market conditions, a relatively small number of companies may issue securities in IPOs. Similarly, as the number of funds to which IPO securities are allocated increases, the number of securities issued to any one fund may decrease. The investment performance of a Fund during periods when it is unable to invest significantly or at all in IPOs may be lower than during periods when the Fund is able to do so. In addition, as a Fund increases in size, the impact of IPOs on the Fund’s performance will generally decrease.

 

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock pays dividends at a specified rate and generally has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of the issuer’s assets but is junior to the debt securities of the issuer in those same respects. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, dividends on preferred stock are generally payable at the discretion of the issuer’s board of directors, and shareholders may suffer a loss of value if dividends are not paid. Preferred shareholders generally have no legal recourse against the issuer if dividends are not paid. The market prices of preferred stocks are subject to changes in interest rates and are more sensitive to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than are the prices of debt securities. Under ordinary circumstances, preferred stock does not carry voting rights. Prices of preferred stocks may rise and fall rapidly and unpredictably due to a variety of factors, which include changing economic, political or market conditions that affect particular industries or companies. Preferred stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies.

 

(10) Floating Rate and Variable Rate Demand Notes 

 

Certain Funds may purchase taxable or tax-exempt floating rate and variable rate demand notes and bonds in implementing their investment programs. Floating rate and variable rate demand notes and bonds may have a stated maturity in excess of one year, but may have features that permit the holder to demand payment of principal plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. The issuer has a corresponding right, after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal of the obligation plus accrued interest upon a specific number of days’ notice to holders. The interest rate of a floating rate instrument may be based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is reset whenever such rate is adjusted. The interest on a variable rate demand note is reset at specified intervals at a market rate.

 

(11) Foreign Currencies and Related Transactions

 

Subject to applicable limits set forth in a Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI, certain Funds may invest in or utilize foreign currencies and other foreign currency-related transactions. These instruments may be used for a variety of reasons, including to hedge against foreign exchange risk arising from a Fund’s investment or anticipated investment in securities denominated in foreign currencies, to increase exposure to a foreign currency for investment or hedging purposes, or to shift exposure of foreign currency fluctuations from one currency to another.

 

Certain Funds may (but is not required to) hedge some or all of its exposure to foreign currencies derived through its investments to reduce the risk of loss due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Suitable currency hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that a Fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time when it may be beneficial to do so. Foreign currency transactions may also be unsuccessful and may result in losses or may eliminate any chance for a Fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.

 

27

 

(12) Foreign Securities 

Certain Funds may invest in foreign securities, subject to the limitations described below and any restrictions set out in the Funds’ Prospectuses and this SAI. The Small Cap Core Fund, the Small/Mid Cap Fund, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, the International Small Cap Fund, and the Global Small Cap Fund may invest in foreign issuers or in securities principally traded outside the United States, including emerging markets securities. The Small Cap Core Fund, the Small/Mid Cap Fund, the Special Equities Fund, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, the International Small Cap Fund, and the Global Small Cap Fund may invest in securities of non-U.S. issuers directly or in the form of ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, or other securities representing underlying shares of foreign issuers, described under “Depositary Receipts” above. The Large Cap Growth Fund may invest in foreign securities listed on U.S. exchanges, subject to any restrictions set out in the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI. The Special Equities Fund does not expect to invest more than 20% of its net assets in foreign securities, including securities like ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, which represent underlying shares of foreign issuers.

Investment in securities of foreign entities, whether directly or indirectly in the form of ADRs, EDRs, GDRs or similar instruments, and securities denominated in foreign currencies involves risks typically not present to the same degree in domestic investments. Such risks include potential future adverse political and economic developments, possible embargoes or economic sanctions on a country, sector or issuer, possible imposition of withholding or other taxes on interest or other income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source, greater fluctuations in value due to changes in exchange rates, or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on such obligations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign issuers or securities than about U.S. issuers or securities, foreign investments may be effected through structures that may be complex or obfuscatory, and foreign issuers are often subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements and engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. With respect to unsponsored ADRs, these programs cover securities of companies that are not required to meet either the reporting or accounting standards of the United States. Foreign issuers also are usually not subject to the same degree of regulation as domestic issuers, and many foreign financial markets, while generally growing in volume, continue to experience substantially less volume than domestic markets, and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and their prices are more volatile than the securities of comparable U.S. companies. In addition, brokerage commissions, custodial services and other costs related to investment in foreign markets (particularly emerging markets) generally are more expensive than in the United States. Such foreign markets also may have longer settlement periods than markets in the United States as well as different settlement and clearance procedures. In certain markets, there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. The inability of a Fund to make intended securities purchases due to settlement problems could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of a portfolio security caused by settlement problems could result either in losses to a Fund due to subsequent declines in value of a portfolio security or, if the Fund had entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Settlement procedures in certain emerging markets also carry with them a heightened risk of loss due to the failure of the broker or other service provider to deliver cash or securities.

 

The value of a Fund’s portfolio securities computed in U.S. dollars will vary with increases and decreases in the exchange rate between the currencies in which the Fund has invested and the U.S. dollar. A decline in the value of any particular currency against the U.S. dollar will cause a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a Fund’s holdings of securities denominated in such currency and, therefore, will cause an overall decline in the Fund’s NAV and net investment income and capital gains, if any, to be distributed in U.S. dollars to shareholders by the Fund. A Fund may be required to liquidate other assets in order to make up the shortfall.

 

28

 

The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is influenced by many factors, including the supply and demand for particular currencies, central bank efforts to support particular currencies, the movement of interest rates, the price of oil, the pace of activity in the industrial countries, including the United States, and other economic and financial conditions affecting the world economy.

 

A Fund may purchase securities that are issued by the government, a corporation, or a financial institution of one nation but denominated in the currency of another nation. To the extent that a Fund invests in ADRs, the depositary bank generally pays cash dividends in U.S. dollars regardless of the currency in which such dividends originally are paid by the issuer of the underlying security.

 

The Small Cap Core Fund and the Small/Mid Cap Fund will not invest in a foreign currency or in securities denominated in a foreign currency if such currency is not at the time of investment considered by the Fund’s Subadviser to be fully exchangeable into U.S. dollars without legal restriction.

 

Several of the countries in which the Funds may invest restrict, to varying degrees, foreign investments in their securities markets. Governmental and private restrictions take a variety of forms, including (i) limitation on the amount of funds that may be invested into or repatriated from the country (including limitations on repatriation of investment income and capital gains), (ii) prohibitions or substantial restrictions on foreign investment in certain industries or market sectors, such as defense, energy and transportation, (iii) restrictions (whether contained in the charter of an individual company or mandated by the government) on the percentage of securities of a single issuer which may be owned by a foreign investor, (iv) limitations on the types of securities which a foreign investor may purchase and (v) restrictions on a foreign investor’s right to invest in companies whose securities are not publicly traded. In some circumstances, these restrictions may limit or preclude investment in certain countries. Investments in such countries may only be permitted through foreign government approved or authorized investment vehicles, which may include other investment companies. Therefore, the Funds may invest in such countries through the purchase of shares of investment companies organized under the laws of such countries. In addition, it may be less expensive and more expedient for a Fund to invest in a foreign investment company in a country which permits direct foreign investment. Please see “Investment Company Securities” below for more information on the risks of investing in other investment companies.

 

A Fund’s interest and dividend income from or proceeds from the sale or other disposition of the securities of foreign issuers may be subject to non-U.S. withholding and other foreign taxes. A Fund also may be subject to taxes on trading profits in some countries. In addition, certain countries impose a transfer or stamp duties tax on certain securities transactions. The imposition of these taxes may decrease the net return on foreign investments as compared to dividends and interest paid to a Fund by domestic companies, and thus increase the cost to the Fund of investing in any country imposing such taxes. A Fund may not be eligible to elect or may not elect to permit United States shareholders to claim a credit or deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of any foreign income taxes paid by a Fund. In such case, the foreign taxes paid or withheld will nonetheless reduce the Fund’s taxable income. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters” below.

 

The risks of foreign investing are of greater concern in the case of investments in emerging markets, which may exhibit greater price volatility and risk of principal, have less liquidity and have settlement arrangements which are less efficient than in developed markets. Furthermore, the economies of emerging market countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, managed adjustments in relative currency values, and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These emerging market economies also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. See “Emerging Market Securities” above.

 

29

 

(13) Forward Commitments

 

Certain Funds may make contracts to purchase securities on a forward commitment basis for a fixed price at a future date beyond the customary settlement period for such securities (“forward commitments”) if the Fund segregates liquid assets, consisting of cash, U.S. government securities or other appropriate securities, in an amount at least equal to the amount of the Fund’s commitments. Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the securities to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of decline in value of a Fund’s other assets. A Fund may dispose of a commitment prior to settlement and may realize short-term capital gains or losses upon such disposition. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis can also involve the risk of default by the other party on its obligation, delaying or preventing the Fund from recovering the collateral or completing the transaction.

 

(14) Illiquid Securities, Private Placements and Certain Unregistered Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in privately placed, restricted, Rule 144A or other unregistered securities. Rule 144A securities are securities that are eligible for resale without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. A Fund may not acquire illiquid holdings if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be in illiquid investments. If a Fund determines at any time that it owns illiquid securities in excess of 15% of its net assets, it will cease to undertake new commitments to acquire illiquid securities until its holdings are no longer in excess of 15% of its NAV, and, depending on circumstances, may take additional steps to reduce its holdings of illiquid securities. Subject to these limitations, a Fund may acquire investments that are illiquid or have limited liquidity, such as private placements or investments that are not registered under the 1933 Act and cannot be offered for public sale in the United States without first being registered under the 1933 Act. An investment is considered “illiquid” if the Fund reasonably expects the investment cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven (7) calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. The price a Fund’s portfolio may pay for illiquid securities or receive upon resale may be lower than the price paid or received for similar securities with a more liquid market. Accordingly, the valuation of these securities will take into account any limitations on their liquidity.

The SEC has adopted a liquidity risk management rule (the “Liquidity Rule”) that requires the Funds to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “LRMP”). The Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees (defined infra), have designated the Investment Manager to administer the Funds’ LRMP and the Investment Manager has formed a Liquidity Risk Management Committee to which it has delegated responsibilities for the ongoing operation and management of the LRMP. Under the LRMP, the Investment Manager assesses, manages, and periodically reviews the Funds’ liquidity risk. The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that the Funds could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the Funds without significant dilution of remaining investors’ interests in the Funds. The liquidity of the Funds’ portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the LRMP. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Funds can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

Rule 144A securities may be determined to be liquid or illiquid in accordance with the guidelines established by the Investment Manager and approved by the Trustees. The Trustees will monitor compliance with these guidelines on a periodic basis.

 

30

 

Investment in these securities entails the risk to a Fund that there may not be a buyer for these securities at a price that a Fund believes represents the security’s value should the Fund wish to sell the security. If a security a Fund holds must be registered under the 1933 Act before it may be sold, the Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses. In addition, in these circumstances, a considerable time may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions develop, the Fund may obtain a less favorable price than when it first decided to sell the security.

 

(15) Interfund Lending

 

To satisfy redemption requests or to cover unanticipated cash shortfalls (due to “sales fails” or other factors), the Funds have entered into a master interfund lending agreement (“Interfund Lending Agreement”) under which a Fund would lend money and borrow money for temporary purposes directly to and from another eligible fund in the AMG Fund Complex through a credit facility (each an “Interfund Loan”), subject to meeting the conditions of an SEC exemptive order granted to the Fund permitting such interfund lending. No Fund may borrow more than the lesser of the amount permitted by Section 18 of the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, as modified by the above mentioned and any other applicable SEC exemptive order or other relief, or the amount permitted by its fundamental investment restrictions. All Interfund Loans will consist only of uninvested cash reserves that the Fund otherwise would invest in short-term repurchase agreements or other short-term instruments either directly or through a money market fund.

 

If a Fund has outstanding borrowings, any Interfund Loans to the Fund (a) will be at an interest rate equal to or lower than any outstanding bank loan, (b) will be secured at least on an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding bank loan that requires collateral, (c) will have a maturity no longer than any outstanding bank loan (and in any event not over seven days) and (d) will provide that, if an event of default occurs under any agreement evidencing an outstanding bank loan to the Fund, the event of default will automatically (without need for action or notice by the lending fund) constitute an immediate event of default under the Interfund Lending Agreement entitling the lending fund to call the Interfund Loan (and exercise all rights with respect to any collateral) and that such call will be made if the lending bank exercises its right to call its loan under its agreement with the borrowing fund.

 

A Fund may make an unsecured borrowing through the credit facility if its outstanding borrowings from all sources immediately after the interfund borrowing total 10% or less of its total assets; provided, that if the Fund has a secured loan outstanding from any other lender, including but not limited to another eligible fund in the AMG Fund Complex, the Fund’s Interfund Loan will be secured on at least an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding loan that requires collateral. If a Fund’s total outstanding borrowings immediately after an interfund borrowing would be greater than 10% of its total assets, the Fund may borrow through the credit facility only on a secured basis. A Fund may not borrow through the credit facility nor from any other source if its total outstanding borrowings immediately after the interfund borrowing would exceed the limits imposed by Section 18 of the 1940 Act or the Fund’s fundamental investment restrictions.

 

No Fund may lend to another eligible fund in the AMG Fund Complex through the interfund lending credit facility if the Interfund Loan would cause its aggregate outstanding loans through the credit facility to exceed 15% of the lending fund’s current net assets at the time of the Interfund Loan. A Fund’s Interfund Loans to any one fund shall not exceed 5% of the lending fund’s net assets. The duration of Interfund Loans is limited to the time required to receive payment for securities sold, but in no event may the duration exceed seven days. Interfund Loans effected within seven days of each other will be treated as separate loan transactions for purposes of this condition. Each Interfund Loan may be called on one business day’s notice by a lending fund and may be repaid on any day by a borrowing fund.

 

31

 

The limitations detailed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting interfund lending are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both the lending fund and the borrowing fund. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. When a Fund borrows money from another fund, there is a risk that the Interfund Loan could be called on one day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Fund may have to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an Interfund Loan were not available from another fund. A delay in repayment to a lending fund could result in a lost opportunity or additional lending costs.

 

(16) Investment Company Securities

 

The Funds may invest some portion of their assets in shares of other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and money market funds, to the extent that they may facilitate achieving the investment objectives of the Funds or to the extent that they afford the principal or most practical means of access to a particular market or markets or they represent attractive investments in their own right. A Fund’s purchase of shares of investment companies may result in the payment by a shareholder of duplicative management fees. The Investment Manager and Subadviser to a Fund will consider such fees in determining whether to invest in other investment companies. A Fund will invest only in investment companies, or classes thereof, that do not charge a sales load; however, the Fund may invest in such companies with distribution plans and fees, and may pay customary brokerage commissions to buy and sell shares of closed-end investment companies and ETFs.

 

The return on a Fund’s investments in investment companies will be reduced by the operating expenses, including investment advisory and administrative fees, of such companies. A Fund’s investments in a closed-end investment company may require the payment of a premium above the NAV of the investment company’s shares, and the market price of the investment company thereafter may decline without any change in the value of the investment company’s assets. A Fund, however, will not invest in any investment company or trust unless it is believed that the potential benefits of such investment are sufficient to warrant the payment of any such premium.

 

The provisions of the 1940 Act may impose certain limitations on a Fund’s investments in other investment companies. In particular, each Fund’s investments in investment companies are limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company, and (iii) 10% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate (the “Limitation”). Each Fund may be able to rely on an exemption from the Limitation if (i) the investment company in which the Fund would like to invest has received an order for exemptive relief from the Limitation from the SEC that is applicable to the Fund; and (ii) the investment company and the Fund take appropriate steps to comply with any terms and conditions in such order. In addition, pursuant to rules adopted by the SEC, each Fund may invest (1) in shares issued by money market funds, including certain unregistered money market funds, and (2) in shares issued by affiliated funds in excess of the Limitation.

 

As an exception to the above, each Fund has the authority to invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end investment company with substantially the same fundamental investment objectives, restrictions, and policies as that of the Fund. Each Fund will notify its shareholders prior to initiating such an arrangement.

In December 2018, the SEC proposed new Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act, which is designed to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework for fund of funds arrangements. That rule, if adopted as proposed, could impact a Fund’s ability to invest in other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles by, among other things, restricting a Fund’s ability to redeem or vote shares issued by such funds.

32

 

A Fund may seek to invest in ETFs that have received an exemptive order from the SEC permitting investment by other funds in the ETFs in excess of the Limitation, provided that the Fund enters into and complies with the terms and conditions of an agreement with each ETF, and the Fund complies with the ETF’s exemptive order.

 

ETFs that are linked to a specific index may not be able to replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weighting of investments underlying the applicable index and will incur certain expenses not incurred by their applicable index. Certain investments comprising the index tracked by an ETF may, at times, be temporarily unavailable, which may impede an ETF’s ability to track its index.

 

The market value of ETF shares may differ from their NAV per share. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETF shares at any point in time is not always identical to the value of the underlying investments that the ETF holds. There may be times when an ETF share trades at a premium or discount to its NAV.

 

(17) Mortgage Related Securities

 

Mortgage-related securities include collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), mortgage-backed bonds and “pass-throughs.” Pass-throughs, which are certificates that are issued by governmental, government-related or private organizations, are backed by pools of mortgage loans and provide investors with monthly payments. Pools that are created by non-government issuers generally have a higher rate of interest than pools of government and government related issuers. This is because there is no express or implied government backing associated with non-government issuers.

 

Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage pass-through securities may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government (in the case of securities guaranteed by the GNMA), or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government (in the case of securities guaranteed by Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”)). Mortgage pass-through securities created by non-governmental issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers, and other secondary market issuers) may be uninsured or may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance, and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities, private insurers, or the mortgage poolers.

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. CMOs are obligations that are fully collateralized by a portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-related securities. There are different classes of CMOs, and certain classes have priority over others with respect to prepayment on the mortgages. Therefore, the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund may be subject to greater or lesser prepayment risk depending on the type of CMOs in which the Fund invests. Although the mortgage-related securities securing these obligations may be subject to a government guarantee or third-party support, the obligation itself is not so guaranteed. Therefore, if the collateral securing the obligation is insufficient to make payment on the obligation, the Fund could sustain a loss.

 

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are derivative securities usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions from an underlying pool of mortgage assets. The Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund may purchase securities representing only the interest payment portion of the underlying mortgage pools

 

33

 

(commonly referred to as “IOs”) or only the principal portion of the underlying mortgage pools (commonly referred to as “POs”). Stripped mortgage-backed securities are more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates and the market for such securities is less liquid than is the case for traditional debt securities and mortgage-backed securities. The yield on IOs is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of repayment may have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund will fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities, even if they are rated high quality.

 

Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”). REMICs are CMO vehicles that qualify for special tax treatment under the Code and invest in mortgages principally secured by interests in real property and other investments permitted by the Code.

 

GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates. GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (“Ginnie Maes”) are undivided interests in a pool of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration, the Farmers Home Administration or the Veterans Administration. They entitle the holder to receive all payments of principal and interest, net of fees due to GNMA and the issuer. Payments are made to holders of Ginnie Maes whether payments are actually received on the underlying mortgages. This is because Ginnie Maes are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA has the unlimited authority to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments to these holders.

 

FNMA Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates. FNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates are undivided interests in a pool of conventional mortgages. They are secured by the first mortgages or deeds of trust on residential properties. There is no obligation to distribute monthly payments of principal and interest on the mortgages in the pool. They are guaranteed only by FNMA and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

 

FHLMC Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates. FHLMC, a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. Government, issues participation certificates which represent interests in pools of conventional mortgage loans. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and the ultimate collection of principal, and maintains reserves to protect holders against losses due to default, but these securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

Mortgage-Backed Bonds. Mortgage-backed bonds are general obligations of the issuer fully collateralized directly or indirectly by a pool of mortgages. The mortgages serve as collateral for the issuer’s payment obligations on the bonds but interest and principal payments on the mortgages are not passed through either directly (as with GNMA certificates and FNMA and FHLMC pass-through securities) or on a modified basis (as with CMOs). Accordingly, a change in the rate of prepayments on the pool of mortgages could change the effective maturity of a CMO but not that of a mortgage-backed bond (although, like many bonds, mortgage-backed bonds may be callable by the issuer prior to maturity). Although the mortgage-related securities securing these obligations may be subject to a government guarantee or third-party support, the obligation itself is not so guaranteed. Therefore, if the collateral securing the obligation is insufficient to make payment on the obligation, the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund could sustain a loss.

 

Recent Events Regarding FNMA and FHLMC Securities. On September 6, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of FNMA and FHLMC and of any stockholder, officer or director of FNMA and FHLMC with respect to FNMA and FHLMC and the assets of FNMA and FHLMC. FHFA selected a new chief executive officer and chairman of the board of

 

34

 

directors for each of FNMA and FHLMC. In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with each of FNMA and FHLMC pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury will purchase up to an aggregate of $100 billion of each of FNMA and FHLMC to maintain a positive net worth in each enterprise. This agreement contains various covenants, discussed below, that severely limit each enterprise’s operations. In exchange for entering into these agreements, the U.S. Treasury received $1 billion of each enterprise’s senior preferred stock and warrants to purchase 79.9% of each enterprise’s common stock. In 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was doubling the size of its commitment to each enterprise under the Senior Preferred Stock Program to $200 billion. The U.S. Treasury’s obligations under the Senior Preferred Stock Program are for an indefinite period of time for a maximum amount of $200 billion per enterprise. In 2009, the U.S. Treasury further amended the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to allow the cap on the U.S. Treasury’s funding commitment to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative reduction in FNMA’s and FHLMC’s net worth through the end of 2012. In August 2012, the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement was further amended to, among other things, accelerate the wind down of the retained portfolio, terminate the requirement that FNMA and FHLMC each pay a 10% dividend annually on all amounts received under the funding commitment, and require the submission of an annual risk management plan to the U.S. Treasury.

 

FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remain liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities. The Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement is intended to enhance each of FNMA’s and FHLMC’s ability to meet its obligations. The FHFA has indicated that the conservatorship of each enterprise will end when the director of FHFA determines that FHFA’s plan to restore the enterprise to a safe and solvent condition has been completed.

 

Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. The Reform Act requires FHFA to exercise its right to repudiate any contract within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator or receiver. FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of FNMA or FHLMC because FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship. However, in the event that FHFA, as conservator or if it is later appointed as receiver for FNMA or FHLMC, were to repudiate any such guaranty obligation, the conservatorship or receivership estate, as applicable, would be liable for actual direct compensatory damages in accordance with the provisions of the Reform Act. Any such liability could be satisfied only to the extent of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s assets available therefor. In the event of repudiation, the payments of interest to holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders. Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.

 

35

 

In addition, certain rights provided to holders of mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership. The operative documents for FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of FNMA or FHLMC, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such mortgage-backed securities have the right to replace FNMA or FHLMC as trustee if the requisite percentage of mortgage-backed securities holders consent. The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed. The Reform Act also provides that no person may exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare an event of default under certain contracts to which FNMA or FHLMC is a party, or obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of FNMA or FHLMC, or affect any contractual rights of FNMA or FHLMC, without the approval of FHFA, as conservator or receiver, for a period of 45 or 90 days following the appointment of FHFA as conservator or receiver, respectively.

 

In addition, in a February 2011 report to Congress from the Treasury Department and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Obama administration provided a plan to reform America’s housing finance market. The plan would reduce the role of and eventually eliminate FNMA and FHLMC. Notably, the plan does not propose similar significant changes to GNMA, which guarantees payments on mortgage-related securities backed by federally insured or guaranteed loans such as those issued by the Federal Housing Association or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. The report also identified three proposals for Congress and the administration to consider for the long-term structure of the housing finance markets after the elimination of FNMA and FHLMC, including implementing: (i) a privatized system of housing finance that limits government insurance to very limited groups of creditworthy low- and moderate-income borrowers; (ii) a privatized system with a government backstop mechanism that would allow the government to insure a larger share of the housing finance market during a future housing crisis; and (iii) a privatized system where the government would offer reinsurance to holders of certain highly-rated mortgage-related securities insured by private insurers and would pay out under the reinsurance arrangements only if the private mortgage insurers were insolvent.

 

The conditions attached to the financial contribution made by the Treasury to FHLMC and FNMA and the issuance of senior preferred stock place significant restrictions on the activities of FHLMC and FNMA. FHLMC and FNMA must obtain the consent of the Treasury to, among other things, (i) make any payment to purchase or redeem its capital stock or pay any dividend other than in respect of the senior preferred stock, (ii) issue capital stock of any kind, (iii) terminate the conservatorship of the FHFA except in connection with a receivership, or (iv) increase its debt beyond certain specified levels. In addition, significant restrictions are placed on the maximum size of each of FHLMC’s and FNMA’s respective portfolios of mortgages and mortgage-backed securities, and the purchase agreements entered into by FHLMC and FNMA provide that the maximum size of their portfolios of these assets must decrease by a specified percentage each year. The future status and role of FHLMC and FNMA could be impacted by (among other things) the actions taken and restrictions placed on FHLMC and FNMA by the FHFA in its role as conservator, the restrictions placed on FHLMC’s and FNMA’s operations and activities as a result of the senior preferred stock investment made by the U.S. Treasury, market responses to developments at FHLMC and FNMA, and future legislative and regulatory action that alters the operations, ownership, structure and/or mission of these institutions, each of which may, in turn, impact the value of, and cash flows on, any mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by FHLMC and FNMA, including any such mortgage-backed securities held by a Fund.

 

36

On June 3, 2019, under the FHFA’s “Single Security Initiative,” FHLMC and FNMA have entered into a joint initiative to develop a common securitization platform for the issuance of a “uniformmortgage-backed security” or “UMBS,” in place of their separate offerings of “to be announced” (TBA)-eligible mortgage-backed securities. The Single Security Initiative seeks to generally align the characteristics of FHLMC and FNMA mortgage-backed securities. The effects it may have on the market for mortgage-backed securities are uncertain and the issuance of UMBS may not achieve the intended results and may have unanticipated or adverse effects on the market for mortgage-backed securities.

 

A Fund’s ability to invest in UMBS to the same degree that the Fund currently invests in Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities is uncertain. While Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have taken steps for a smooth transition to the issuance of UMBS, there may be factors that affect the timing of the transition to UMBS or the ability of market participants, including the Funds, to adapt to the issuance of UMBS. A Fund may need to consider the tax and accounting issues raised by investments in UMBS and/or the exchange of legacy Freddie Mac securities for UMBS. Additionally, there could be divergence in prepayment rates of UMBS issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which could lead to differences in the prices of Fannie Mae- and Freddie Mac-issued UMBS if Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac fail to align programs, policies and practices that affect prepayments.

Risks Associated with Mortgage-Related and other Asset-Backed Securities. There are certain risks associated with mortgage-related securities, such as prepayment risk and default risk. Although there is generally a liquid market for these investments, those certificates issued by private organizations may not be readily marketable. The value of mortgage-related securities depends primarily on the level of interest rates, the coupon rates of the certificates and the payment history of the underlying mortgages. The risk of defaults associated with mortgage-related securities is generally higher in the case of mortgage-backed investments that include so-called “sub-prime” mortgages.

 

Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to their underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt securities, which must pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity when the entire principal amount becomes due, payments on certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities include both interest and a partial payment of principal. This partial payment of principal may comprise a scheduled principal payment as well as an unscheduled payment from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing, or foreclosure of the underlying loans. As a result of these unscheduled payments of principal, or prepayments on the underlying securities, the price and yield of mortgage-backed securities can be adversely affected. For example, during periods of declining interest rates, prepayments can be expected to accelerate, and a Fund would be required to reinvest the proceeds at the lower interest rates then available.

 

Prepayments of mortgages that underlie securities purchased at a premium could result in capital losses because the premium may not have been fully amortized at the time the obligation is prepaid. In addition, like other interest-bearing securities, the values of mortgage-backed securities generally fall when interest rates rise, but when interest rates fall, their potential for capital appreciation is limited due to the existence of the prepayment feature. In order to hedge against possible prepayment, the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund may purchase certain options and options on futures contracts as described more fully above under “Derivative Instruments.”

 

(18) Municipal Obligations

 

Certain Funds may invest in many types of municipal bonds, including, but not limited to: general obligation bonds, revenue bonds, private activity and industrial development bonds, short-term municipal notes (including tax and revenue authorization notes), housing bonds and tax-exempt commercial paper. General obligation bonds are bonds issued by states, counties, cities towns and regional districts. The proceeds from these bonds are used to fund municipal projects. Revenue bonds are bonds that receive net revenues from a particular facility or other specific source. Private activity and

 

37

 

industrial development bonds are considered to be municipal bonds if the interest paid on these bonds is exempt from U.S. federal income tax. They are issued by public authorities and are used to raise money to finance public and privately owned facilities for business, manufacturing and housing. Short-term municipal notes are issued with a short-term maturity in anticipation of the receipt of tax funds, the proceeds of bond placements, or other revenues, and include tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, and bond anticipation notes. Housing bonds are short- or long-term bonds issued by a local housing authority to finance short-term construction of typically low- or middle-income housing or long-term commitments for housing, plants, pollution control facilities, or similar projects. Tax-exempt (municipal) commercial paper typically consists of very short-term, unsecured, negotiable promissory notes that are sold to meet the seasonal working capital or interim construction financing needs of a municipality or agency. While these obligations are intended to be paid from general revenues or refinanced with long-term debt, they frequently are backed by letters of credit, lending agreements, note repurchase agreements or other credit facility agreements offered by banks or institutions.

 

Investments in municipal bonds may result in liability for federal alternative minimum tax, for both individual and corporate shareholders. Up to 50% of the net assets of the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund may be invested in municipal bonds that may result in liability for federal alternative minimum tax. Up to 100% of the assets of the Municipal Bond Fund may be invested in such bonds.

 

Municipal issuers of securities are not usually subject to the securities registration and public reporting requirements of the SEC and state securities regulators. As a result, the amount of information available about the financial condition of an issuer of municipal obligations may not be as extensive as that which is made available by corporations whose securities are publicly traded.

 

Each Fund that invests in municipal securities will limit its investment in municipal leases to no more than 5% of its total assets.

 

(19) Participations

 

Certain Funds may invest in loan participations or assignments. In purchasing a loan participation or assignment, a Fund acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a corporate borrower. Both the lending bank and the borrower may be deemed to be “issuers” of a loan participation. Many such loans are secured and most impose restrictive covenants which must be met by the borrower and which are generally more stringent than the covenants available in publicly traded debt securities. However, interests in some loans may not be secured, and a Fund will be exposed to a risk of loss if the borrower defaults. There is no assurance that the collateral can be liquidated in particular cases, or that its liquidation value will be equal to the value of the debt. Loan participations may also be purchased by a Fund when the borrowing company is already in default. Borrowers that are in bankruptcy may pay only a small portion of the amount owed, if they are able to pay at all. Where a Fund purchases a loan through an assignment, there is a possibility that the Fund will, in the event the borrower is unable to pay the loan, become the owner of the collateral. This involves certain risks to a Fund as a property owner.

 

In purchasing a loan participation, a Fund may have less protection under the federal securities laws than it has in purchasing traditional types of securities. Loans are often administered by a lead bank, which acts as agent for the lenders in dealing with the borrower. In asserting rights against the borrower, a Fund may be dependent on the willingness of the lead bank to assert these rights, or upon a vote of all the lenders to authorize the action. Assets held by the lead bank for the benefit of a Fund may be subject to claims of the lead bank’s creditors. A Fund’s ability to assert its rights against the borrower will also depend on the particular terms of the loan agreement among the parties. Many of the interests in loans purchased by a Fund will be illiquid and therefore subject to the Fund’s limit on illiquid investments.

 

38

 

(20) Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)

 

Certain Funds may invest in REITs, which are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate related loans or interest.

 

REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Like regulated investment companies such as a Fund, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided that they comply with certain requirements under the Code. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

 

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent the Code requires), and are subject to the risk of financing projects. During periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay, and such prepayment may diminish the yield on securities issued by such mortgage REITs. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibility of failing to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded REITs under the Code and failing to maintain their exemption from the 1940 Act. REITs, and mortgage REITs in particular, are also subject to interest rate risk. The Special Equities Fund tries to avoid investing in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) that qualify as “taxable mortgage pools,” or that otherwise expect to generate excess inclusion income, but the Special Equities Fund may not always be successful in doing so.

 

(21) Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund sells a security and agrees to repurchase the same security at a price and on a date mutually agreed-upon by the parties. The difference between the repurchase price and the original price is the reverse repurchase agreement rate, which reflects the interest rate in effect for the term of the agreement. For the purposes of the 1940 Act, a reverse repurchase agreement can be viewed as the borrowing of money by a Fund and, therefore, a form of leverage which may magnify any gains or losses for the Fund, but for which the Fund is not required to have 300% asset coverage.

 

A Fund will invest the proceeds of borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements. In addition, a Fund will enter into reverse repurchase agreements only when the interest income to be earned from the investment of the proceeds is more than the interest expense of the transaction. A Fund will not invest the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement for a period that is longer than the term of the reverse repurchase agreement itself. A Fund will earmark or establish and maintain a segregated account with the custodian consisting of liquid assets in an amount equal to the amount of its obligation under the reverse repurchase agreement.

 

(22) Securities Lending

 

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities in order to realize additional income. This lending is subject to a Fund’s policies and restrictions. A Fund may lend its investment securities so long as (i) the loan is secured by collateral having a market value at all times not less than 102%

 

39

 

(105% in the case of certain foreign securities) of the value of the securities loaned, (ii) such collateral is marked to market on a daily basis, (iii) the loan is subject to termination by the Fund at any time, and (iv) the Fund receives reasonable interest on the loan. When cash is received as collateral, each Fund will invest the cash received in short-term instruments to earn additional income. The Fund will bear the risk of any loss on any such investment; however, the Funds’ securities lending agent has agreed to indemnify each Fund against loss on the investment of the cash collateral. The Fund may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees to persons that are unaffiliated with the Fund for services in connection with loans of portfolio securities. While voting rights may pass with the loaned portfolio securities, to the extent possible, the loan will be recalled on a reasonable efforts basis and the securities voted by the Fund. The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the Funds’ securities lending agent.

 

(23) Structured Notes and Other Hybrid Instruments

 

Certain Funds may invest in structured notes as part of their overall investment strategy. Structured notes are privately negotiated debt obligations in which the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate, such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as indices reflecting bonds. Depending on the terms of the note, the Fund may forgo all or part of the interest and principal that would be payable on a comparable conventional note. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index(es) or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage which will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss. Like other sophisticated strategies, a Fund’s use of structured notes may not work as intended; for example, by reducing the duration of a Fund’s portfolio, structured notes may limit the Fund’s return when having a longer duration would be beneficial (for instance, when interest rates decline). Structured instruments may be considered illiquid.

 

Certain Funds may invest, as part of their overall investment strategy, in other types of “hybrid” instruments that combine the characteristics of securities, futures and options. For example, the principal amount or interest rate of a hybrid could be tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some currency or securities index or another interest rate (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most debt obligations) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including duration management and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events that cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes a Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the NAV of a Fund.

 

Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, a Fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

 

40

 

(24) United States Government Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury. These obligations include Treasury bills, notes and bonds, all of which have their principal and interest payments backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

The Funds may invest in obligations issued by the agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government. These obligations may or may not be backed by the “full faith and credit” of the United States. Securities which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States include obligations of the GNMA (described under “Mortgage Related Securities”), the Farmers Home Administration and the Export-Import Bank. For those securities which are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, a Fund must principally look to the federal agency guaranteeing or issuing the obligation for ultimate repayment and therefore may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself for repayment in the event that the issuer does not meet its commitments. The securities in which a Fund may invest that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States include, but are not limited to: (a) obligations of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal Home Loan Banks and the U.S. Postal Service, each of which has the right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet its obligations; (b) securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association, which are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and (c) obligations of the Federal Farm Credit System and the Student Loan Marketing Association, each of whose obligations may be satisfied only by the individual credits of the issuing agency.

 

(25) Warrants and Rights

 

Rights are short-term obligations issued in conjunction with new stock issues. Warrants give the holder the right to buy an issuer’s securities at a stated price for a stated time. The holder of a right or warrant has the right to purchase a given number of shares of a security of a particular issuer at a specified price until expiration of the right or warrant. Such investments provide greater potential for profit than a direct purchase of the same amount of the securities. Prices of warrants do not necessarily move in tandem with the prices of the underlying securities, and warrants are considered speculative investments. They pay no dividends and confer no rights other than a purchase option. If a warrant or right is not exercised by the date of its expiration, a Fund would lose its entire investment in such warrant or right.

 

(26) When-Issued Securities

 

Certain Funds may purchase securities on a when-issued basis. The purchase price and the interest rate payable, if any, on the securities are fixed on the purchase commitment date or at the time the settlement date is fixed. The value of these securities is subject to market fluctuation. For fixed-income securities, no interest accrues to a Fund until a settlement takes place. At the time a Fund makes a commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued basis, it will record the transaction, reflect the daily value of the securities when determining its NAV, and if applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of determining its average maturity from the date of the transaction. At the time of settlement, a when-issued security may be valued below the amount of its purchase price.

 

In connection with these transactions, a Fund will earmark or maintain a segregated account with its custodian containing liquid assets in an amount which is at least equal to the commitments. On the delivery dates of the transactions, a Fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the securities held in the segregated account and/or from cash flow. If a Fund chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could incur a loss or a gain due to market fluctuation. Furthermore, a Fund may be at a disadvantage if the other party to the transaction defaults. When-issued transactions may allow a Fund to hedge against changes in interest rates.

 

41

 

(27) Zero Coupon Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in zero coupon securities. “Zero coupon” securities are issued at a significant discount from face value and pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Zero coupon securities tend to be more volatile than other securities with similar stated maturities, but which make regular payments of either principal or interest.

 

A Fund is required to accrue and distribute imputed income from zero coupon securities on a current basis, even though it does not receive the income currently. A Fund may have to sell other investments to obtain cash needed to make income distributions, which may reduce a Fund’s assets, increase its expense ratio and decrease its rate of return.

Additional Risks

 

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk

 

The Funds are subject to the risk that geopolitical events will disrupt securities markets and adversely affect global economies and markets. War, terrorism, and related geopolitical events (and their aftermath) have led, and in the future may lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Likewise, natural and environmental disasters, such as, for example, earthquakes, fires, floods, hurricanes, tsunamis and weather-related phenomena generally, as well as the spread of infectious illness or other public health issues, including widespread epidemics or pandemics such as the COVID-19 outbreak in 2020, and systemic market dislocations can be highly disruptive to economies and markets. Those events as well as other changes in non-U.S. and domestic economic and political conditions also could adversely affect individual issuers or related groups of issuers, securities markets, interest rates, credit ratings, inflation, investor sentiment, and other factors affecting the value of a Fund’s investments.

 

The COVID-19 outbreak in 2020 has resulted in travel restrictions and disruptions, closed borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event cancellations and restrictions, service cancellations or reductions, disruptions to business operations, supply chains and customer activity, lower consumer demand for goods and services, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the economic environment. The impact of this outbreak and any other epidemic or pandemic that may arise in the future could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors and the health of capital markets and other markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways. This crisis or other public health crises may also exacerbate other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in certain countries or globally. The duration of the COVID-19 outbreak and its effects cannot be determined with certainty. The foregoing could lead to a significant economic downturn or recession, increased market volatility, a greater number of market closures, higher default rates and adverse effects on the values and liquidity of securities or other assets. Such impacts, which may vary across asset classes, may adversely affect the performance of a Fund’s investments, the Fund and your investment in the Fund.

 

Given the increasing interdependence between global economies and markets, conditions in one country, market, or region might adversely impact markets, issuers and/or foreign exchange rates in other countries, including the U.S. Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU, or any continued uncertainty as to its status, could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of a Fund’s investments. At a referendum in June 2016, the United Kingdom (the “UK”) voted to leave the EU thereby initiating the British exit from the EU (commonly known as “Brexit”). In March 2017, the UK

42

formally notified the European Council of the UK’s intention to withdraw from the EU pursuant to Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union. This formal notification began a multi-year period of negotiations regarding the terms of the UK’s exit from the EU, which formally occurred on January 31, 2020. A transition period is taking place following the UK’s exit where the UK remains subject to EU rules but has no role in the EU law-making process. During this transition period, UK and EU representatives are negotiating the precise terms of their future relationship. There is still considerable uncertainty relating to the potential consequences associated with the exit, how the negotiations for the withdrawal and new trade agreements will be conducted, and whether the UK’s exit will increase the likelihood of other countries also departing the EU. Brexit may have a significant impact on the UK, Europe, and global economies, which may result in increased volatility and illiquidity, and potentially lower economic growth in markets in the UK, Europe and globally, which may adversely affect the value of a Fund’s investments.

 

Many financial instruments use or may use a floating rate based on London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), which is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On July 27, 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. There remains uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate. The transition away from or elimination of LIBOR may adversely affect the interest rates on, and liquidity and value of, certain assets and liabilities of a Fund that are tied to LIBOR. These may include bank loans, floating rate securities, structured securities (including asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities), other debt securities, derivatives, and other assets or liabilities tied to LIBOR. Actions by regulators have resulted in the establishment of alternative reference rates to LIBOR in most major currencies. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve’s Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), has begun publishing a Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. SOFR is a broad measure of the cost of overnight borrowing of cash collateralized by Treasury securities. SOFR is intended to serve as a reference rate for U.S. dollar-based debt and derivatives and ultimately reduce the markets’ dependence on LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies, such as the Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate in the U.S., have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new rates. Questions around liquidity of investments impacted by these rates, and how to appropriately adjust these rates at the time of transition, remain a concern for the Funds. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Funds will vary depending, among other things, on (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments. A Subadviser may have discretion to determine a successor or substitute reference rate, including any price or other adjustments to account for differences between the successor or substitute reference rate and previous rate. Such successor or substitute reference rate and any adjustments selected may negatively impact a Fund’s investments, performance or financial condition, and may expose the Fund to additional tax, accounting and regulatory risks. The elimination of LIBOR may affect the value, liquidity or return on certain Fund investments and may result in costs incurred in connection with closing out positions and entering into new trades, adversely impacting a Fund’s overall financial condition or results of operations. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Funds until new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products, instruments and contracts are commercially accepted.

 

Unexpected political, regulatory and diplomatic events within the United States and abroad, such as the U.S.-China “trade war” that intensified in 2018, may affect investor and consumer confidence and may adversely impact financial markets and the broader economy, perhaps suddenly and to a significant degree. The current political climate and the further escalation of a trade war between China and the United States may have an adverse effect on both the U.S. and Chinese economies, as each country has

43

recently imposed tariffs on the other country’s products. In January 2020, the U.S. and China signed a “Phase 1” trade agreement that reduced some U.S. tariffs on Chinese goods while boosting Chinese purchases of American goods. However, this agreement left in place a number of existing tariffs, and it is unclear whether further trade agreements may be reached in the future. Events such as these and their impact on the Funds are difficult to predict and it is unclear whether further tariffs may be imposed or other escalating actions may be taken in the future.

 

Cyber Security Risk

 

With the increased use of technologies such as the Internet and the dependence on computer systems to perform business and operational functions, investment companies (such as the Funds) and their service providers (including the Investment Manager) may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber-attacks and/or technological malfunctions. In general, cyber-attacks are deliberate, but unintentional events may have similar effects. Cyber-attacks include, among others, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, preventing legitimate users from accessing information or services on a website, releasing confidential information without authorization, and causing operational disruption. Successful cyber-attacks against, or security breakdowns of, a Fund, the Investment Manager, the Subadviser, or a custodian, transfer agent, or other affiliated or third-party service provider may adversely affect the Fund or its shareholders. For instance, cyber-attacks may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, affect a Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Fund information, impede trading, cause reputational damage, and subject the Fund to regulatory fines, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and additional compliance costs. Cyber-attacks may render records of Fund assets and transactions, shareholder ownership of Fund shares, and other data integral to the functioning of the Fund inaccessible or inaccurate or incomplete. The Funds may also incur substantial costs for cyber security risk management in order to prevent cyber incidents in the future. The Funds and their shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result. While the Investment Manager has established business continuity plans and systems designed to prevent cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. The Funds rely on third-party service providers for many of their day-to-day operations, and are subject to the risk that the protections and protocols implemented by those service providers will be ineffective to protect the Funds from cyber-attack. The Investment Manager does not control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Investment Manager or the Funds. Similar types of cyber security risks also are present for issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause a Fund’s investment in such securities to lose value.

Diversification Requirements for the Funds


     The Funds intend to meet the diversification requirements of the 1940 Act as in effect from time to time. Currently under the 1940 Act, a “diversified” fund generally may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer or own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer (except, in each case, U.S. Government securities, cash, cash items and the securities of other investment companies). The remaining 25% of a fund’s total assets is not subject to this limitation. A fund that is non-diversified can invest a greater percentage of its assets in a single issuer or a group of issuers, and, as a result, may be subject to greater credit, market, and other risks than a diversified fund. The poor performance by a single issuer may have a greater impact on the performance of a non-diversified fund. A non-diversified fund’s shares tend to be more volatile than shares of a diversified fund and are more susceptible to the risks of focusing investments in a small number of issuers or industries, and the risks of a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence.

 

44

 

Quality Requirements for the Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund and Municipal Bond Fund

 

With respect to the Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund and Municipal Bond Fund, determinations of comparable quality for unrated securities are made by the Subadviser based on its own credit research. Any credit quality restrictions or standards for a Fund with respect to a particular security in which the Fund may invest must be satisfied at the time the investment is made. If the Subadviser determines that the quality of a rated or unrated investment has declined since investment by a Fund or in the event of certain ratings downgrades by NRSROs of a Fund’s rated securities, a Fund may continue to hold the applicable investment.

 

In addition, at the time a Fund invests in any commercial paper, bank obligation or repurchase agreement, the issuer must have outstanding debt rated A (or its equivalent) or higher by an NRSRO; the issuer’s parent corporation, if any, must have outstanding commercial paper rated Prime-2 (or its equivalent) or better by an NRSRO; or if no such ratings are available, the investment must be of comparable quality in the Subadviser’s opinion. At the time a Fund invests in any other short-term debt securities, they must be rated A-1/Prime-1 (or its equivalent) or higher by an NRSRO, or if unrated, the investment must be of comparable quality in the Subadviser’s opinion. See Appendix A for more detailed information on the various ratings categories.

 

Industry Concentration

 

The 1940 Act requires the Funds to state the extent, if any, to which they intend to concentrate investments in a particular industry. While the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry, the staff of the SEC takes the position that, in general, investments of more than 25% of a fund’s assets in an industry constitutes concentration. The SEC staff has also taken the position that a policy relating to industry concentration does not apply to investments in “government securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) or in tax-exempt securities issued by U.S. federal, state and municipal governments or political subdivisions of U.S. federal, state and municipal governments.

 

Fundamental Investment Restrictions

 

The following investment restrictions have been adopted by the Trust with respect to the Funds. Except as otherwise stated, these investment restrictions are “fundamental” policies. A “fundamental” policy is defined in the 1940 Act to mean that the restriction cannot be changed without the vote of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Funds. A majority of the outstanding voting securities is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities.

 

Each Fund:

 

(1)     May issue senior securities to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the rules or regulations thereunder, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time, or by regulatory guidance or interpretations of, or any exemptive order or other relief issued by the SEC or any successor organization or their staff under, such Act, rules or regulations.

 

(2)     May borrow money to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the rules or regulations thereunder, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time, or by regulatory guidance or interpretations of, or any exemptive order or other relief issued by the SEC or any successor organization or their staff under, such Act, rules or regulations.

 

45

 

(3)     May lend money to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the rules or regulations thereunder, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time, or by regulatory guidance or interpretations of, or any exemptive order or other relief issued by the SEC or any successor organization or their staff under, such Act, rules or regulations.

 

(4)     May underwrite securities to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the rules or regulations thereunder, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time, or by regulatory guidance or interpretations of, or any exemptive order or other relief issued by the SEC or any successor organization or their staff under, such Act, rules or regulations.

 

(5)     May purchase and sell commodities to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the rules or regulations thereunder, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time, or by regulatory guidance or interpretations of, or any exemptive order or other relief issued by the SEC or any successor organization or their staff under, such Act, rules or regulations.

 

(6)      May purchase and sell real estate to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the rules or regulations thereunder, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time, or by regulatory guidance or interpretations of, or any exemptive order or other relief issued by the SEC or any successor organization or their staff under, such Act, rules or regulations.

 

(7)      May purchase securities of any issuer only when consistent with the maintenance of its status as a diversified company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the rules or regulations thereunder, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time, or under regulatory guidance or interpretations of such Act, rules or regulations.

 

(8)      May not concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined or interpreted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules and regulations thereunder, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time, and under regulatory guidance or interpretations of such Act, rules or regulations.

 

Any restriction on investments or use of assets, including, but not limited to, market capitalization, geographic, rating and/or any other percentage restrictions, set forth in this SAI or each Fund’s Prospectus shall be measured only at the time of investment, and any subsequent change, whether in the value, market capitalization, rating, percentage held or otherwise, will not constitute a violation of the restriction, other than with respect to investment restriction (2) above related to borrowings by the Funds.

Portfolio Turnover

 

Generally, the Funds purchase securities for investment purposes and not for short-term trading profits. However, each Fund may sell securities without regard to the length of time that the security is held in the portfolio when the Fund believes the sale is consistent with the Fund’s investment strategies and in the Fund’s best interest to do so. A higher degree of portfolio activity may increase brokerage costs to a Fund and may increase shareholders’ tax liability.

 

Because of the Special Equities Fund’s flexibility of investment and emphasis on growth of capital, it may have greater portfolio turnover than that of a mutual fund that has a primary objective of income or maintenance of a balanced investment position. The turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. A higher degree of portfolio activity may increase brokerage costs to the Fund.

 

46

The portfolio turnover rates for the Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Municipal Bond Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, International Small Cap Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, Special Equities Fund and Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019 and the Global Small Cap Fund for the period from May 31, 2018 (the date the Fund commenced operations) through December 31, 2018 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, were as follows:

Small Cap Core Fund

       

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

December 31, 2018

    25 %

December 31, 2019

    20 %
         

Small/Mid Cap Fund

       

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

December 31, 2018

    53 %

December 31, 2019

    18 %
         

Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

       

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

December 31, 2018

    89 %

December 31, 2019

    40 %
         

Municipal Bond Fund

       

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

December 31, 2018

    35 %

December 31, 2019

    18 %
         

Large Cap Growth Fund

       

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

December 31, 2018

    38 %

December 31, 2019

    40 %
         

Small Cap Growth Fund

       

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

December 31, 2018

    63 %

December 31, 2019

    62 %
         

International Small Cap Fund

       

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

December 31, 2018

    46 %

December 31, 2019

    40 %
         

Mid Cap Growth Fund

       

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

December 31, 2018

    59 %

December 31, 2019

    65 %
         

Special Equities Fund

       

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

December 31, 2018

    24 %

December 31, 2019

    20 %

47

Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

       

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

December 31, 2018

    84 %

December 31, 2019

    103 %
         

Global Small Cap Fund*

       

Period/Fiscal Year Ended

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

Period Ended December 31, 2018

    22 %

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

    80 %

* The Global Small Cap Fund’s higher portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 from that for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2018 is attributable to the Fund’s having completed its first full fiscal year in 2019.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

The Trust has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent selective disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio holdings to third parties, other than disclosures that are consistent with the best interests of shareholders of a Fund. Each Fund will disclose its portfolio holdings on a monthly basis on or about the 10th business day of the following month by posting this information on the Funds’ website. The Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust may designate an earlier or later date for public disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings. In addition, each Fund (i) may disclose the top 10 portfolio holdings at any time following the disclosure of portfolio holdings, and (ii) may disclose statistical information regarding such Fund’s portfolio allocation characteristics on or about 10 business days after each month-end, or may disclose such information if it is derived from publicly available portfolio holdings, in each case, by posting the information on the Fund’s website. Non-public portfolio holdings may also be disclosed by a Fund or its duly authorized service providers to certain third parties, including mutual fund evaluation services, rating agencies, lenders or providers of borrowing facilities, if (i) the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust has made a determination that the disclosure of portfolio holdings information in the manner and at the time proposed is consistent with a legitimate business purpose of the Fund; and (ii) the recipient has been informed in writing that it is subject to a duty of confidentiality with respect to that information and undertakes not to trade in securities or other property on the basis of that information unless and until that information is made publicly available. The Board of Trustees receives reports of any potential exceptions to, or violations of, the Trust’s policies and procedures governing disclosure of portfolio holdings that are deemed to constitute a material compliance matter. The Chief Compliance Officer or his designee is responsible for monitoring compliance with these procedures, including requesting information from service providers.

 

The Trust has arrangements with the persons indicated below to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio securities. The Trust’s policies and procedures prohibit any person or entity from receiving compensation or consideration of any kind in connection with the release of information relating to a Fund’s portfolio holdings.

 

The Funds may regularly provide non-public portfolio holdings information, including current portfolio holdings information, to the following third parties in the normal course of their performance of services to the Funds: the Subadviser (GW&K Investment Management, LLC with respect to Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund and Municipal Bond Fund, TimesSquare Capital Management, LLC with respect to Small Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, International Small Cap Fund, Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund and Global Small Cap Fund, The Renaissance Group LLC with respect to Large Cap Growth Fund, and Skyline Asset Management, L.P. with respect to Special Equities Fund); the independent registered public accounting firm

 

48

(PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP); the custodian and securities lending agent (The Bank of New York Mellon); financial printer (Donnelley Financial Solutions); counsel to the Funds (Ropes & Gray LLP) or counsel to the independent trustees of the Funds (Sullivan & Worcester LLP); regulatory authorities; and securities exchanges and other listing organizations. Disclosures of current portfolio holdings information will be made on a daily basis with respect to the Subadviser and the custodian. Disclosures of portfolio holdings information will be made to the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and financial printer on a semi-annual basis in connection with the preparation of public filings, and from time to time in the course of Fund operations. Disclosures of portfolio holdings information, including current portfolio holdings information, may be made to counsel to the Funds or counsel to the Funds’ independent trustees in connection with periodic meetings of the Board of Trustees and otherwise from time to time in connection with the Funds’ operations. In addition, the Funds provide portfolio holdings information to the following data providers, fund ranking/rating services, independent consultants, fair valuation services and other service providers: Lipper, Inc., Morningstar, Inc., ICE Data Services, FactSet Research Systems Inc., Bloomberg L.P., Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., Davison, Dietsch & McCarthy, Inc., Seismic Professional Services, eVestment Alliance, LLC and HedgeMark Risk Analytics, LLC. The Funds may disclose non-public current portfolio holdings information to ICE Data Services on a monthly basis for valuation purposes, to FactSet Research Systems Inc. on a daily basis for portfolio holdings analysis, to Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. on a daily basis for proxy voting and class action processing purposes, to Davison, Dietsch & McCarthy, Inc. and Seismic Professional Services on a quarterly basis for services related to Fund marketing materials, to eVestment Alliance, LLC on a quarterly basis for services related to Fund marketing, and to HedgeMark Risk Analytics, LLC on a daily basis for liquidity classification services. The Funds also provide current portfolio holdings information to Lipper, Inc., Morningstar, Inc., Bloomberg L.P. and various institutional investment consultants and other related firms, but only after such information has already been disclosed to the general public.

The entities to which the Funds voluntarily disclose portfolio holdings information are required, either by explicit agreement or by virtue of their respective duties to the Funds, to maintain the confidentiality of the information disclosed. There can be no assurance that the Trust’s policies and procedures regarding selective disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio holdings will protect the Funds from potential misuse of that information by individuals or entities to which it is disclosed.

 

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

 

The Trustees and Officers of the Trust, their business addresses, principal occupations for the past five years and ages are listed below. The Trustees provide broad supervision over the affairs of the Trust and the Funds. The Trustees are experienced executives who meet periodically throughout the year to oversee the Funds’ activities, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to the Funds, and review the Funds’ performance. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each Trustee or Officer is the address of the Trust: 600 Steamboat Road, Suite 300, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

 

There is no stated term of office for Trustees. Each Trustee serves during the continued lifetime of the Trust until he or she dies, resigns or is removed, or, if sooner, until the next meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing Trustees and until the election and qualification of his or her successor in accordance with the Trust’s organizational documents and the Board’s policy that a Trustee retire at the end of the calendar year in which the Trustee reaches the age of 75. The Chairman of the Board, the President, the Treasurer and the Secretary and such other Officers as the Trustees may in their discretion from time to time elect each hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each Officer holds office at the pleasure of the Trustees.

 

49

 

Independent Trustees

 

The Trustees in the following table are not “interested persons” of the Trust within the meaning of the 1940 Act (“Independent Trustees”). Eric Rakowski serves as the Independent Chairman of the Board of Trustees.

NAME AND AGE

 

POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE TRUST AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

NUMBER OF FUNDS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY TRUSTEE DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership

Bruce B. Bingham

Age: 71

 

Trustee since 2012

 

Partner, Hamilton Partners (real estate development firm) (1987-2020)

 

47

 

Director of The Yacktman Funds, Inc. (2 portfolios) (2000-2012)

 

Significant experience as a board member of mutual funds; business experience as a partner of a real estate development and investment firm; familiar with financial statements.

                     

Edward J. Kaier

Age: 74

 

Trustee since 1999; Chairman of the Audit Committee

 

Attorney at Law and Partner, Teeters Harvey Marrone & Kaier LLP (2007-Present); Attorney at Law and Partner, Hepburn Willcox Hamilton & Putnam, LLP (1977-2007)

 

47

 

Trustee of Third Avenue Trust (3 portfolios) (2002-2019); Trustee of Third Avenue Variable Trust (1 portfolio) (2002-2019)

 

Significant experience as a board member of mutual funds; practicing attorney; continuing service as Chairman of the Trust’s Audit Committee.

50

NAME AND AGE

 

POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE TRUST AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

NUMBER OF FUNDS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY TRUSTEE DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership

Kurt A. Keilhacker

Age: 56

 

Trustee since 2013

 

Managing Partner, TechFund Europe (2000-Present); Managing Partner, TechFund Capital (1997-Present); Managing Partner, Elementum Ventures (2013-Present); Director, MetricStory, Inc. (2017-Present); Trustee, Wheaton College (2018-Present); Trustee, Gordon College (2001-2016); Board Member, 6wind SA (2002-2019)

 

50

 

None

 

Significant board experience, including as a board member of private companies; significant experience as a managing member of private companies; significant experience in the venture capital industry; significant experience as co-founder of a number of technology companies.

                     

Steven J. Paggioli

Age: 70

 

Trustee since 2004

 

Independent Consultant (2002-Present); Executive Vice President, Secretary and Director, Investment Company Administration, LLC (1990-2001)

 

47

 

Trustee, Professionally Managed Portfolios (28 portfolios); Advisory Board Member, Sustainable Growth Advisors, LP; Independent Director, Muzinich BDC, Inc. (business development company) (2019-Present); Independent Director, Chase Investment Counsel (2008-2019)

 

Significant board experience, including as a board member of mutual funds; significant executive experience with several financial services firms; former service with financial service regulator; Audit Committee financial expert.

51

NAME AND AGE

 

POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE TRUST AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

NUMBER OF FUNDS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY TRUSTEE DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership

Richard F. Powers III

Age: 74

 

Trustee since 2013

 

Adjunct Professor, U.S. Naval War College (2016-Present); Adjunct Professor, Boston College (2011-2015); President and CEO of Van Kampen Investments Inc. (1998-2003)

 

47

 

None

 

Significant experience as a director of a public company; significant executive experience with several financial services firms; significant experience as President and Chief Executive Officer of a mutual fund complex.

                     

Eric Rakowski

Age: 61

 

Trustee since 1999; Independent Chairman of the Board of Trustees; Chairman of the Governance Committee

 

Professor of Law, University of California at Berkeley School of Law – Boalt Hall (1990-Present)

 

50

 

Director of Harding, Loevner Funds, Inc. (9 portfolios); Trustee of Third Avenue Trust (3 portfolios) (2002-2019); Trustee of Third Avenue Variable Trust (1 portfolio) (2002-2019)

 

Significant experience as a board member of mutual funds; former practicing attorney; currently professor of law.

52

NAME AND AGE

 

POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE TRUST AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

NUMBER OF FUNDS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY TRUSTEE DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership

Victoria L. Sassine

Age: 54

 

Trustee since 2013

 

Adjunct Professor, Babson College (2007-Present); Director, Board of Directors, PRG Group (2017-Present); CEO, Founder, Scale Smarter Partners, LLC (2018-Present); Adviser, EVOFEM Biosciences (2019-Present); Chairperson, Board of Directors, Business Management Associates (2018-2019)

 

50

 

None

 

Currently professor of finance; significant business and finance experience in strategic financial and operation management positions in a variety of industries; accounting experience in a global accounting firm; experience as a board member of various organizations; Certified Public Accountant (inactive).

53

NAME AND AGE

 

POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE TRUST AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

NUMBER OF FUNDS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY TRUSTEE DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership

Thomas R. Schneeweis

Age: 72

 

Trustee since 2004

 

Professor Emeritus, University of Massachusetts (2013-Present); President, TRS Associates (1982-Present); Board Member, Chartered Alternative Investment Association (“CAIA”) (2002-Present); Director, Institute for Global Asset and Risk Management (Education) (2010-Present); Co-Owner, Quantitative Investment Technologies (2014-Present); Co-Owner, Yes Wealth Management (2018-Present); Director, CAIA Foundation (2010-2019); Partner, S Capital Wealth Advisors (2015-2018); Partner, S Capital Management, LLC (2007-2015); President, Alternative Investment Analytics, LLC, (formerly Schneeweis Partners, LLC) (2001-2013)

 

47

 

None

 

Significant experience as a board member of mutual funds; formerly professor of finance; significant executive experience with several investment partnerships.

54

 

Interested Trustee

 

Ms. Carsman is an “interested person” of the Trust within the meaning of the 1940 Act by virtue of her position with, and interest in securities of, AMG.

NAME AND AGE

 

POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE TRUST AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

NUMBER OF FUNDS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE/

OFFICER

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY TRUSTEE/

OFFICER DURING PAST 5 YEARS

 

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills for Board Membership

Christine C. Carsman

Age: 68

 

Trustee since 2011

 

Senior Policy Advisor, Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. (2019-Present); Chair of the Board of Directors, AMG Funds plc (2015-2018); Director, AMG Funds plc (2010-2018); Executive Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Chief Regulatory Counsel, Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. (2017-2018); Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel, Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. (2011-2016); Senior Vice President and Chief Regulatory Counsel, Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. (2007-2011); Vice President and Chief Regulatory Counsel, Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. (2004-2007); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, AMG Funds, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II and AMG Funds III (2004-2011); Senior Counsel, Vice President and Director of Operational Risk Management and Compliance, Wellington Management Company, LLP (1995-2004)

 

50

 

Director of Harding, Loevner Funds, Inc. (9 portfolios)

 

Significant business, legal and risk management experience with several financial services firms; former practicing attorney at private law firm; significant experience as an officer of the Trust, including as Chief Legal Officer.

55

 

Information About Each Trustee’s Experience, Qualifications, Attributes or Skills

 

Trustees of the Trust, together with information as to their positions with the Trust, principal occupations and other board memberships for the past five years, and experience, qualifications, attributes or skills for serving as Trustees are shown in the tables above. The summaries relating to the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of the Trustees are required by the registration form adopted by the SEC, do not constitute holding out the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and do not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board as a whole than would otherwise be the case. The Board believes that the significance of each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills is an individual matter (meaning that experience that is important for one Trustee may not have the same value for another) and that these factors are best evaluated at the Board level, with no single Trustee, or particular factor, being indicative of Board effectiveness. However, the Board believes that Trustees need to be able to critically review, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, and to interact effectively with Trust management, service providers and counsel, in order to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties. The Board believes that each of its members has these abilities. Experience relevant to having these abilities may be achieved through a Trustee’s educational background; business, professional training or practice (e.g., finance or law), or academic positions; experience from service as a board member (including the Board) or as an executive of investment funds, significant private or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. To assist them in evaluating matters under federal and state law, the Independent Trustees are counseled by their own separate, independent legal counsel, who participates in Board meetings and interacts with the Investment Manager, and also may benefit from information provided by the Trust’s and the Investment Manager’s legal counsel. Both Independent Trustee and Trust counsel have significant experience advising funds and fund board members. The Board and its committees have the ability to engage other experts, including the Funds’ independent public accounting firm, as appropriate. The Board evaluates its performance on an annual basis.

 

56

 

Officers

NAME AND AGE

 

POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE TRUST AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING

PAST 5 YEARS

Keitha L. Kinne

Age: 61

 

Chief Operating Officer since 2007; President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer since 2018

 

Chief Operating Officer, AMG Funds LLC (2007-Present); Chief Investment Officer, AMG Funds LLC (2008-Present); President and Principal, AMG Distributors, Inc. (2018-Present); Chief Operating Officer, AMG Distributors, Inc. (2007-Present); President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer, AMG Funds, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II, AMG Funds III and AMG Funds IV (2018-Present); Chief Operating Officer, AMG Funds, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II and AMG Funds III (2007-Present); Chief Operating Officer, AMG Funds IV (2016-Present); Chief Operating Officer and Chief Investment Officer, Aston Asset Management, LLC (2016); President and Principal Executive Officer, AMG Funds, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II and AMG Funds III (2012-2014); Managing Partner, AMG Funds LLC (2007-2014); President and Principal, AMG Distributors, Inc. (2012-2014); Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (2006-2007); Managing Director, Citigroup Asset Management (2004-2006)

         

Thomas G. Disbrow

Age: 54

 

Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer since 2017

 

Vice President, Mutual Fund Treasurer & CFO, AMG Funds, AMG Funds LLC (2017-Present); Chief Financial Officer, Principal Financial Officer, Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer, AMG Funds, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II, AMG Funds III and AMG Funds IV (2017-Present); Managing Director—Global Head of Traditional Funds Product Control, UBS Asset Management (Americas), Inc. (2015-2017); Managing Director—Head of North American Funds Treasury, UBS Asset Management (Americas), Inc. (2011-2015)

         

Mark J. Duggan

Age: 55

 

Secretary and Chief Legal Officer since 2015

 

Senior Vice President and Senior Counsel, AMG Funds LLC (2015-Present); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, AMG Funds, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II, AMG Funds III and AMG Funds IV (2015-Present); Attorney, K&L Gates, LLP (2009-2015)

57

NAME AND AGE

 

POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE TRUST AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING

PAST 5 YEARS

Patrick J. Spellman

Age: 46

 

Chief Compliance Officer and Sarbanes-Oxley Code of Ethics Compliance Officer since 2019

 

Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, AMG Funds LLC (2017-Present); Chief Compliance Officer, AMG Distributors, Inc. (2010-Present); Chief Compliance Officer and Sarbanes-Oxley Code of Ethics Compliance Officer, AMG Funds, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II, AMG Funds III and AMG Funds IV (2019-Present); Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, AMG Funds LLC (2011-2017); Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer, AMG Funds, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II, and AMG Funds III (2014-2019); Anti-Money Laundering Officer, AMG Funds IV (2016-2019); Compliance Manager, Legal and Compliance, Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. (2005-2011)

         

John A. Starace

Age: 49

 

Deputy Treasurer since 2017

 

Director, Mutual Fund Accounting, AMG Funds LLC (2017-Present); Vice President, Deputy Treasurer of Mutual Funds Services, AMG Funds LLC (2014-2017); Deputy Treasurer, AMG Funds, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II, AMG Funds III and AMG Funds IV (2017-Present); Vice President, Citi Hedge Fund Services (2010-2014); Audit Senior Manager (2005-2010) and Audit Manager (2001-2005), Deloitte & Touche LLP

         

Maureen A. Meredith

Age: 34

 

Assistant Secretary since 2016

 

Vice President, Counsel, AMG Funds LLC (2019-Present); Director, Counsel, AMG Funds LLC (2017-2018); Vice President, Counsel, AMG Funds LLC (2015-2017); Assistant Secretary, AMG Funds, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II, AMG Funds III and AMG Funds IV (2016-Present); Associate, Ropes & Gray LLP (2011-2015); Law Fellow, Massachusetts Appleseed Center for Law and Justice (2010-2011)

58

NAME AND AGE

 

POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE TRUST AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING

PAST 5 YEARS

Hector D. Roman

Age: 42

 

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer since 2019

 

Director, Legal and Compliance, AMG Funds LLC (2020-Present); Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer, AMG Funds, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II, AMG Funds III and AMG Funds IV (2019-Present); Manager, Legal and Compliance, AMG Funds LLC (2017-2019); Director of Compliance, Morgan Stanley Investment Management (2015-2017); Senior Advisory, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (2014-2015); Risk Manager, Barclays Investment Bank (2008-2014)

Trustee Share Ownership

Name of Trustee

 

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds Beneficially Owned as of December 31, 2019

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in the Family of Investment Companies Beneficially Owned as of

December 31, 2019

Independent Trustees:

 

 

 

 

         
Bruce B. Bingham   None   Over $100,000
Edward J. Kaier   None   Over $100,000
Kurt A. Keilhacker   None   Over $100,000
Steven J. Paggioli   $50,001–$100,000   Over $100,000
Richard F. Powers III   None   None
Eric Rakowski   $50,001–$100,000   Over $100,000
Victoria L. Sassine   None   Over $100,000
Thomas R. Schneeweis   None   $10,001–$50,000
         

Interested Trustee:

 

 

 

 

         
Christine C. Carsman   Over $100,000   Over $100,000

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

 

The following provides an overview of the leadership structure of the Board of Trustees of AMG Funds (the “Board”) and the Board’s oversight of the Funds’ risk management process. The Board consists of nine Trustees, eight of whom are Independent Trustees. An Independent Trustee serves as Chairman of the Board. In addition, the Board also has two standing committees, the Audit Committee and Governance Committee (the “Committees”) (discussed below), each comprised of all of the Independent Trustees, to which the Board has delegated certain authority and oversight responsibilities.

 

59

 

The Board’s role in management of the Trust is oversight, including oversight of the Funds’ risk management process. The Board meets regularly on at least a quarterly basis and at these meetings the officers of the Funds and the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer report to the Board on a variety of matters. A portion of each regular meeting is devoted to an executive session of the Independent Trustees, the Independent Trustees’ separate, independent legal counsel, and the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, at which no members of management are present. In a separate executive session of the Independent Trustees and the Independent Trustees’ independent legal counsel, the Independent Trustees consider a variety of matters that are required by law to be considered by the Independent Trustees, as well as matters that are scheduled to come before the full Board, including fund governance, compliance, and leadership issues. When considering these matters, the Independent Trustees are advised by their independent legal counsel. The Board reviews its leadership structure periodically and believes that its structure is appropriate to enable the Board to exercise its oversight of the Funds.

 

AMG Funds has retained AMG Funds LLC as the Funds’ investment adviser and administrator. The Investment Manager is responsible for the Funds’ overall administration and operations, including management of the risks that arise from the Funds’ investments and operations. Employees of the Investment Manager serve as several of the Funds’ officers, including the Funds’ President. The Board provides oversight of the services provided by the Investment Manager and the Funds’ officers, including their risk management activities. On an annual basis, the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer conducts a compliance review and risk assessment and prepares a written report relating to the review that is provided to the Board for review and discussion.  The assessment includes a broad-based review of the risks inherent to the Funds, the controls designed to address those risks, and selective testing of those controls to determine whether they are operating effectively and are reasonably designed. In the course of providing oversight, the Board and the Committees receive a wide range of reports on the Funds’ activities, including regarding each Fund’s investment portfolio, the compliance of the Funds with applicable laws, and the Funds’ financial accounting and reporting. The Board receives periodic reports from the Funds’ Chief Legal Officer on the Investment Manager’s risk management activities. The Board also receives periodic reports from the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer regarding the compliance of the Funds with federal and state securities laws and the Funds’ internal compliance policies and procedures. In addition, the Board receives periodic reports from the portfolio managers of the Funds’ Subadvisers and the Investment Manager’s investment research team regarding the management of the Funds, including their investment risks. The Board also receives periodic reports from the Funds’ Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, and other senior personnel of the Investment Manager regarding the Investment Manager’s general business operations.

 

Board Committees

As described below, the Board of Trustees has two standing Committees, each of which is chaired by an Independent Trustee. The Board has not established a formal risk oversight committee. However, much of the regular work of the Board and its standing Committees addresses aspects of risk oversight.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Board of Trustees has an Audit Committee consisting of all of the Independent Trustees. Edward J. Kaier serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee. Under the terms of its charter, the Audit Committee: (a) acts for the Trustees in overseeing the Trust’s financial reporting and auditing processes; (b) receives and reviews communications from the independent registered public accounting firm relating

 

60

to its review of the Funds’ financial statements; (c) reviews and assesses the performance, approves the compensation, and approves or ratifies the appointment, retention or termination of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm; (d) meets periodically with the independent registered public accounting firm to review the annual audits of the series of the Trust, including the audits of the Funds, and pre-approves the audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm; (e) considers and acts upon proposals for the independent registered public accounting firm to provide non-audit services to the Trust or the Investment Manager or its affiliates to the extent that such approval is required by applicable laws or regulations; (f) considers and reviews with the independent registered public accounting firm, periodically as the need arises, but not less frequently than annually, matters bearing upon the registered public accounting firm’s status as “independent” under applicable standards of independence established from time to time by the SEC and other regulatory authorities; and (g) reviews and reports to the full Board with respect to any material accounting, tax, valuation or recordkeeping issues of which the Audit Committee is aware that may affect the Trust, the Trust’s financial statements or the amount of any dividend or distribution right, among other matters. The chairman of the Audit Committee or his designee also may carry out the duties of the Board’s pricing oversight committee from time to time. The Audit Committee met two times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

Governance Committee

 

The Board of Trustees has a Governance Committee consisting of all of the Independent Trustees. Eric Rakowski serves as the chairman of the Governance Committee. Under the terms of its charter, the Governance Committee is empowered to perform a variety of functions on behalf of the Board, including responsibility to make recommendations with respect to the following matters: (i) individuals to be appointed or nominated for election as Independent Trustees; (ii) the designation and responsibilities of the chairperson of the Board (who shall be an Independent Trustee) and Board committees, such other officers of the Board, if any, as the Governance Committee deems appropriate, and officers of the Funds; (iii) the compensation to be paid to Independent Trustees; and (iv) other matters the Governance Committee deems necessary or appropriate. The Governance Committee is also empowered to: (i) set any desired standards or qualifications for service as a Trustee; (ii) conduct self-evaluations of the performance of the Trustees and help facilitate the Board’s evaluation of the performance of the Board at least annually; (iii) oversee the selection of independent legal counsel to the Independent Trustees and review reports from independent legal counsel regarding potential conflicts of interest; and (iv) consider and evaluate any other matter the Governance Committee deems necessary or appropriate. It is the policy of the Governance Committee to consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Shareholders who would like to recommend nominees to the Governance Committee should submit the candidate’s name and background information in a sufficiently timely manner (and in any event, no later than the date specified for receipt of shareholder proposals in any applicable proxy statement of the Funds) and should address their recommendations to the attention of the Governance Committee, c/o the Secretary of the Funds, 600 Steamboat Road, Suite 300, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830. The Governance Committee met two times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

Trustees’ Compensation

For their services as Trustees of the Trust and other funds within the AMG Fund Complex for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, the Trustees were compensated as follows:

61

 

Compensation Table:

Name of

Trustee

 

Aggregate

Compensation

from the Funds (a)

   

Total Compensation

from the

Fund Complex

Paid to Trustees (b)

 
                 

Independent Trustees:

               

Bruce B. Bingham

  $ 70,743     $ 279,500  

Edward J. Kaier (c)

  $ 77,070     $ 304,500  

Kurt A. Keilhacker

  $ 70,743     $ 300,500  

Steven J. Paggioli

  $ 70,743     $ 279,500  

Richard F. Powers III

  $ 70,743     $ 279,500  

Eric Rakowski (d)

  $ 84,663     $ 359,500  

Victoria L. Sassine

  $ 64,035     $ 273,000  

Thomas R. Schneeweis

  $ 70,743     $ 279,500  

 

Interested Trustee:

               

Christine C. Carsman

 

None

   

None

 


(a)

Compensation is calculated for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. The Trust does not provide any pension or retirement benefits for the Trustees.

(b)

Total compensation includes compensation paid during the 12-month period ended December 31, 2019 for services as a Trustee to any fund currently in the AMG Fund Complex. As of December 31, 2019, each of Messrs. Bingham, Kaier, Paggioli, Powers and Schneeweis served as a trustee to 49 funds in the AMG Fund Complex and each of Messrs. Keilhacker and Rakowski and Mses. Sassine and Carsman served as a trustee or director to 52 funds in the AMG Fund Complex.

(c)

Mr. Kaier receives an additional $25,000 annually for serving as the Audit Committee Chairman, which is reflected in the chart above.

(d)

Mr. Rakowski receives an additional $55,000 annually for serving as the Independent Chairman, which is reflected in the chart above.

 

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of March 31, 2020, the following persons and/or entities owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of each class of each Fund listed below.

 

Small Cap Core Fund

       
         

Class N

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    11.57 %
         

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    10.04 %

62

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

Ascensus Trust Company FBO

Shaheen & AMP Gordon,

P.A. 401(K) P.S.

P.O. Box 10758

Fargo, North Dakota 58106

    8.54 %
         

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    7.30 %
         

TD Ameritrade Inc.

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Clients

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2226

    6.57 %
         

Capital Bank & Trust Co.

TTEE FBO Johns Byrne Company 401K

c/o Fascore LLC

8515 East Orchard Road 2T2

Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111

    6.07 %
         

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers

1 New York Plaza, Floor 12

New York, New York 10004-1901

    5.40 %
         

Class I

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    31.70 %
         

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    27.09 %
         

Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO

Modesto Irrig Basic

AMG GW&K Small

P.O. Box 1533

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480

    6.35 %
         

Saxon & Co.

P.O. Box 7780-1888

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19182

    5.59 %

63

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

SEI Private Trust Company

c/o State Street Bank

Attn: Mutual Fund Administrator

One Freedom Valley Drive

Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456

    5.43 %
         

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers

1 New York Plaza, Floor 12

New York, New York 10004-1901

    5.10 %
         

Class Z

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Kentucky Public Employee

Deferred Compensation Authority

c/o Nationwide as Custodian and Recordkeeper

IPO Portfolio Accounting

P.O. Box 182029

Columbus, Ohio 43218-2029

    48.48 %
         

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    36.17 %
         

Fairfield University

1073 North Benson Road

Fairfield, Connecticut 06824

    5.93 %
         

Ascensus Trust Company

For the Benefit of Affiliated Managers Group,

Inc. 401(K)

P.O. Box 10758

Fargo, North Dakota 58106

    5.45 %
         

Small/Mid Cap Fund

       
         

Class N

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

AMG Funds LLC

600 Steamboat Road, Suite 300

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830-7149

    67.18 %
         

TD Ameritrade Inc.

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Clients

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2226

    32.82 %

64

Class I

       
       

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.*

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    56.57 %
         

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    31.35 %
         

SEI Private Trust Company

c/o Legacy SWP

1 Freedom Valley Drive

Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456

    6.63 %
         

Class Z

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Matrix Trust Company*

Trustee FBO St. Jude Medical, Inc.

Management S

P.O. Box 52129

Phoenix, Arizona 85072

    70.30 %
         

Lincoln Retirement Services Company

FBO Kaleida Health 403B

P.O. Box 7876

Fort Wayne, Indiana 46801-7876

    25.29 %
         

Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

       
         

Class N

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    60.05 %
         

Eleanor M. Leventhal

4209 Great Meadow Road

Dedham, Massachusetts 02026

    7.47 %
         

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, New Jersey 07399-0002

    7.06 %

65

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith

For the Sole Benefit of Its Customers

4800 Deer Lake Drive East

Jacksonville, Florida 32246-6484

    6.72 %
         

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account FBO Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

211 Main Street

San Francisco, California 94105

    5.98 %
         

Class I

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith*

For the Sole Benefit of Its Customers

4800 Deer Lake Drive East

Jacksonville, Florida 32246-6484

    45.83 %
         

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.*

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    27.23 %
         

SEI Private Trust Company

c/o State Street Bank

Attn: Mutual Fund Administrator

One Freedom Valley Drive

Oaks, Pennsylvania 19456

    6.45 %
         

Class Z

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

AMG Funds LLC

600 Steamboat Road, Suite 300

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830-7149

    100.00 %
         

Municipal Bond Fund

       
         

Class N

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    21.08 %

66

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

UBS WM USA

Special Custody Account Exclusive

Beneficial Customers of UBSFSI

1000 Harbor Boulevard

Weehawken, New Jersey 07086

    18.06 %
         

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account FBO Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

211 Main Street

San Francisco, California 94105

    16.16 %
         

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, New Jersey 07399-0002

    15.70 %
         

TD Ameritrade Inc.

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Clients

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2226

    9.67 %
         

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    9.61 %
         

Class I

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.*

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    27.18 %
         

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    23.07 %
         

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith

For the Sole Benefit of Its Customers

4800 Deer Lake Drive East

Jacksonville, Florida 32246-6484

    7.75 %

67

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account FBO Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

211 Main Street

San Francisco, California 94105

    6.76 %
         

UBS WM USA

Special Custody Account Exclusive

Beneficial Customers of UBSFSI

1000 Harbor Boulevard

Weehawken, New Jersey 07086

    6.18 %
         

Large Cap Growth Fund

       
         

Class N

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith

For the Sole Benefit of Its Customers

4800 Deer Lake Drive East

Jacksonville, Florida 32246-6484

    11.42 %
         

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    10.54 %
         

Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC

2801 Market Street

Saint Louis Missouri 63103

    8.22 %
         

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers

1 New York Plaza, Floor 12

New York, New York 10004-1901

    5.97 %
         

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, New Jersey 07399-0002

    5.73 %
         

Class I

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    30.23 %

68

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

Raymond James Omnibus for Mutual Funds

Attn: Courtney Waller

880 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

    23.04 %
         

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers

1 New York Plaza, Floor 12

New York, New York 10004-1901

    11.89 %
         

UBS WM USA

Special Custody Account Exclusive

Beneficial Customers of UBSFSI

1000 Harbor Boulevard

Weehawken, New Jersey 07086

    10.58 %
         

LPL Financial

Omnibus Customer Account

Attn: Lindsay O’Toole

4707 Executive Drive

San Diego, California 92121

    6.71 %
         

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, New Jersey 07399-0002

    5.77 %
         

Class Z

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

NFS LLC FEBO

NFSC Fund/Serv No Load Automated

Trade Rollup of Combined Orders

Attn: R. Rocco, OSG

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

    41.40 %
         

Theodore T. Bolliger

11340 NE 67th Street, #A-3

Kirkland, Washington 98033-7112

    7.41 %
         

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, New Jersey 07399-0002

    7.23 %
         

The Fulton Company

c/o Fulton Financial Advisors

P.O. Box 3215

Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17604

    7.21 %
         

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    6.68 %

69

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC

2801 Market Street

Saint Louis, Missouri 63103

    6.27 %
         

Small Cap Growth Fund

       
         

Class N

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    32.78 %
         

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    26.45 %
         

Wells Fargo Bank FBO

Various Retirement Plans

1525 West WT Harris Boulevard

Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-1076

    17.59 %
         

Wells Fargo Bank NA

(FBO) ACSC Plan B

P.O. Box 1533

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480

    7.61 %
         

Wells Fargo Bank NA

(FBO) ACSC Plan A-ACSC

P.O. Box 1533

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480

    6.41 %
         

Class I

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    32.16 %
         

Raymond James Omnibus for Mutual Funds

Attn: Courtney Waller

880 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

    27.83 %

70

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

Grant R. Babyak and Nicole Abbatecola JTWROS

c/o TimesSquare Capital Management LLC

7 Times Square, 42nd Floor

New York, New York 10036

    11.62 %
         

Marley Management Corporation

Discretionary Contribution Pension Plan

Attn: Nancy Ball

P.O. Box 10392

Phoenix, Arizona 85064-0392

    9.54 %
         

Class Z

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

National Financial Services LLC*

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    32.31 %
         

Great-West Trust Company LLC TTEE F

Pearson Retirement Plan 401K

8525 East Orchard Road

Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111

    11.27 %
         

Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Co.

P.O. Box 2600, VM 613

Attn: Outside Funds

Valley Forge, Pennsylvania 19482-2600

    9.80 %
         

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account for the

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    9.68 %
         

Wells Fargo Bank FBO

Various Retirement Plans

1525 West WT Harris Boulevard

Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-1076

    6.34 %
         

Mid Cap Growth Fund

       
         

Class N

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Vantage Trust - Unitized

c/o ICMA Retirement Corporation

777 North Capitol Street, NE

Washington, DC 20002

    71.60 %

71

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    15.15 %
         

Class I

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC

2801 Market Street

Saint Louis, Missouri 63103

    94.40 %
         

Class Z

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    52.11 %
         

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    9.13 %
         

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers

1 New York Plaza, Floor 12

New York, New York 10004-1901

    5.38 %
         

International Small Cap Fund

       
         

Class N

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    32.49 %
         

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    31.12 %

72

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

T. Rowe Price Co.

FBO Retirement Plan Clients

P.O. Box 17215

Baltimore, Maryland 21297-1215

    17.24 %
         

TD Ameritrade Inc.

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Clients

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2226

    12.45 %
         

Class I

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    24.93 %
         

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    23.06 %
         

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers

1 New York Plaza, Floor 12

New York, New York 10004-1901

    10.83 %
         

Raymond James Omnibus for Mutual Funds

Attn: Courtney Waller

880 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

    9.49 %
         

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, New Jersey 07399-0002

    7.88 %
         

UBS WM USA

Special Custody Account Exclusive

Beneficial Customers of UBSFSI

1000 Harbor Boulevard

Weehawken, New Jersey 07086

    6.28 %
         

Class Z

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Edward D. Jones & Co.

For the Benefit of Customers

12555 Manchester Road

Saint Louis, Missouri 63131-3729

    28.36 %

73

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

Capinco c/o US Bank NA

P.O. Box 1787

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201

    19.90 %
         

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    12.12 %
         

Wells Fargo Bank NA

FBO TC Hospitals MNA Pen-Funds D

P.O. Box 1533

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480

    11.29 %
         

Bank of America Custodian

P.O. Box 843869

Dallas, Texas 75284-3869

    7.18 %
         

Northern Trust FBO Keck Foundation

P.O. Box 92956

Chicago, Illinois 60675

    6.73 %
         

Special Equities Fund

       
         

Class N

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    33.13 %
         

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4151

    22.90 %
         

Hartford Life Insurance Co.

Separate Account

1 Griffin Road North

Windsor, Connecticut 06095-1512

    14.11 %
         

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, New Jersey 07399-0002

    6.93 %

74

Class I

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Special Custody Account for the Exclusive

Benefit of Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, California 94104-4122

    20.80 %
         

National Financial Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Attn: Mutual Funds Department, 4th Floor

499 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-2010

    13.32 %
         

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, New Jersey 07399-0002

    7.03 %
         

UBS WM USA

Special Custody Account Exclusive

Beneficial Customers of UBSFSI

1000 Harbor Boulevard

Weehawken, New Jersey 07086

    6.57 %
         

Class Z

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Ascensus Trust Company

For the Benefit of Affiliated Managers Group,

Inc. 401(K)

P.O. Box 10758

Fargo, North Dakota 58106

    31.17 %
         

BNYM I S Trust Co. Cust.

Rollover IRA William M. Dutton

845 South Elm Street

Hinsdale, Illinois 60521-4511

    20.05 %
         

Mark Odegard FBO

Skyline Asset Management LP 401(K)

120 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

    17.28 %
         

Nabank & Co.

P.O. Box 2180

Tulsa, Oklahoma 74101

    9.93 %

75

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

BNYM I S Trust Co. Cust.

IRA FBO Mark N. Odegard

c/o Skyline Asset Management LP

120 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

    8.53 %
         

Matrix Trust Company

As Agent for Newport Trust Company

Chase Corporation Deferred Salary S

35 Iron Point Circle, Suite 300

Folsom, California 95630

    7.67 %
         

Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

       
         

Class N

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

BNYM I S Trust Co. Cust.

Rollover IRA

Judy L. Drascic

124 Satulah Circle

Venice, Florida 34293-5955

    40.01 %
         

BNYM I S Trust Co. Cust.

Rollover IRA

Julie A. Walsh

2606 Long Boat Court North

Ponte Vedra Beach, Florida 32082

    29.43 %
         

TD Ameritrade Inc.

For the Exclusive Benefit of Our Clients

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2226

    17.91 %
         

Vanguard Brokerage Services

P.O. Box 1170

Valley Forge, Pennsylvania 19482-1170

    8.63 %
         

Class I

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Tremont Partners LLC

Defined Benefit Plan

639 East Ocean Avenue, Suite 309

Boynton Beach, Florida 33435

    95.87 %
         

Class Z

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

K T Investments II LLC

639 East Ocean Avenue, Suite 309

Boynton Beach, Florida 33435

    31.32 %

76

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

Stephen Green

c/o TimesSquare Capital Management LLC

7 Times Square, 42nd Floor

New York, New York 10036

    22.70 %
         

Ian A. Rosenthal

c/o TimesSquare Capital Management LLC

7 Times Square, 42nd Floor

New York, New York 10036

    22.70 %
         

Grant R. Babyak and Nicole Abbatecola JTWROS

c/o TimesSquare Capital Management LLC

7 Times Square, 42nd Floor

New York, New York 10036

    10.47 %
         

Global Small Cap Fund

       
         

Class N

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

AMG Funds LLC

600 Steamboat Road, Suite 300

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830-7149

    70.76 %
         

Aleksandar Dogandzic

1321 Upland Drive, Apartment 10915

Houston, Texas 77043

    24.55 %
         

Class I

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

AMG Funds LLC

600 Steamboat Road, Suite 300

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830-7149

    100.00 %
         

Class Z

       
         

Name and Address

 

Percentage Ownership

 

Grant R. Babyak and Nicole Abbatecola JTWROS*

c/o TimesSquare Capital Management LLC

7 Times Square, 42nd Floor

New York, New York 10036

    46.70 %
         

Nicole Abbatecola Trust

Babyak Family Trust

c/o TimesSquare Capital Management LLC

7 Times Square, 42nd Floor

New York, New York 10036

    17.01 %
         

Kenneth C. Duca and Kristen J. Duca JTWROS

c/o TimesSquare Capital Management LLC

7 Times Square, 42nd Floor

New York, New York 10036

    15.62 %

77

Name and Address   Percentage Ownership  

TimesSquare Capital Management LLC

A Partnership

7 Times Square, 42nd Floor

New York, New York 10036

    8.00 %

* Denotes persons or entities that owned 25% or more of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Funds as of March 31, 2020, and therefore may be presumed to “control” such Funds under the 1940 Act. Except for these persons or entities, the Trust did not know of any person or entity who, as of March 31, 2020 “controlled” (within the meaning of the 1940 Act) any of the Funds. A person or entity that “controls” a Fund could have effective voting control over the Fund. It may not be possible for matters subject to a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund to be approved without the affirmative vote of such “controlling” shareholders, and it may be possible for such matters to be approved by such shareholders without the affirmative vote of any other shareholders.

Management Ownership

As of April 1, 2020, all management personnel (i.e., Trustees and Officers) as a group owned beneficially less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each class of each Fund.

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

 

Investment Manager and Subadviser

 

The Trustees provide broad supervision over the operations and affairs of the Trust and the Funds. The Investment Manager serves as investment manager to each Fund. The Investment Manager also serves as administrator of the Funds and carries out the daily administration of the Trust and the Funds. The Investment Manager’s principal address is 600 Steamboat Road, Suite 300, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830. The Investment Manager is a subsidiary of AMG, and a subsidiary of AMG serves as the Managing Member of the Investment Manager. AMG is located at 777 South Flagler Drive, West Palm Beach, Florida 33401. AMG (NYSE: AMG) is a global asset management company with equity investments in leading boutique investment management firms. AMG Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Investment Manager, serves as distributor of the Funds. The Distributor’s principal address is 600 Steamboat Road, Suite 300, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

 

The assets of each Fund are managed by a Subadviser selected by the Investment Manager, subject to the review and approval of the Trustees. The Investment Manager recommends Subadvisers for the Funds to the Trustees based upon continuing quantitative and qualitative evaluation of each Subadviser’s skills in managing assets subject to specific investment styles and strategies. Short-term investment performance, by itself, is not a significant factor in hiring or terminating a Subadviser, and the Investment Manager does not expect to make frequent changes of Subadvisers. The Investment Manager and its corporate predecessors have over 20 years of experience in evaluating subadvisers for individuals and institutional investors.

 

For its investment management services, the Investment Manager receives an investment management fee from each Fund. A portion of the investment management fee paid by each Fund to the Investment Manager is used to pay the subadvisory fees of the Subadviser that manages the assets of the Fund. Because GW&K Investment Management, LLC (“GW&K”), The Renaissance Group LLC (“Renaissance”) and TimesSquare Capital Management, LLC (“TimesSquare”) are affiliates of the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager indirectly benefits from the compensation received by these Subadvisers.

 

78

 

The Subadviser has discretion, subject to oversight by the Trustees and the Investment Manager, to purchase and sell portfolio assets, consistent with each Fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions. Generally, the services that the Subadviser provides to the Funds are limited to asset management and related recordkeeping services.

 

The Subadviser or an affiliated broker-dealer may execute portfolio transactions for the Funds and receive brokerage commissions, or markups/markdowns, in connection with the transaction as permitted by Sections 17(a) and 17(e) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder, and the terms of any exemptive order issued by the SEC. The Board of Trustees has approved procedures in conformity with Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act whereby the Funds may purchase securities that are offered in underwritings in which an affiliate of the Funds’ Subadvisers participates. For underwritings where a Subadviser affiliate participates as a principal underwriter, certain restrictions may apply that could, among other things, limit the amount of securities that the Funds could purchase in the underwritings.

 

The Subadviser may also serve as a discretionary or non-discretionary investment adviser to management or advisory or other accounts which are unrelated in any manner to the Funds or the Investment Manager and its affiliates.

 

Investment Management and Subadvisory Agreements

 

The Investment Manager serves as investment manager to the Funds pursuant to an investment management agreement with the Trust (the “Investment Management Agreement”). The Investment Management Agreement permits the Investment Manager to engage, from time to time, one or more Subadvisers to assist in the performance of its services. Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Investment Manager has entered into Subadvisory Agreements with the Funds’ Subadvisers (each a “Subadvisory Agreement” and collectively the “Subadvisory Agreements”).

 

The Investment Management Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreements provide for an initial term of two years and thereafter shall continue in effect from year to year so long as such continuation is specifically approved at least annually (i) by either the Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the applicable Fund, and (ii) in either event by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to the agreements or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance.

 

The Investment Management Agreement, the Subadvisory Agreements with GW&K with respect to the Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund and Municipal Bond Fund; the Subadvisory Agreement with Renaissance with respect to the Large Cap Growth Fund; and the Subadvisory Agreement with TimesSquare with respect to the International Small Cap Fund, Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, and Global Small Cap Fund may be terminated, without penalty, by the Board of Trustees, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), by the Investment Manager or (in the case of each Subadvisory Agreement) by the Subadviser on 60 days’ written notice to the other party. The Subadvisory Agreement with TimesSquare with respect to the Small Cap Growth Fund and the Mid Cap Growth Fund and the Subadvisory Agreement with Skyline Asset Management, L.P. (“Skyline”) with respect to the Special Equities Fund may be terminated, at anytime without penalty, by the Investment Manager at anytime upon notice to the Subadviser and the Trust, by the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) on notice to the Subadviser, or by the Subadviser upon 30 days’ written notice to the Investment Manager and the Trust.

 

79

 

The Investment Management Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreements terminate automatically in the event of assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act and the regulations thereunder.

 

The Investment Management Agreement provides that the Investment Manager is specifically responsible for the following advisory services:

 

 

developing and furnishing continuously an investment program and strategy for each Fund in compliance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as set forth in the Trust’s current Registration Statement;

 

 

providing research and analysis relative to the investment program and investments of each Fund;

 

 

determining (subject to the overall supervision and review of the Board) what investments shall be purchased, held, sold or exchanged by each Fund and what portion, if any, of the assets of each Fund shall be held in cash or cash equivalents; and

 

 

making changes on behalf of the Trust in the investments of the Funds.

 

Under the Subadvisory Agreements, each Subadviser manages all of a Fund’s portfolio, including the determination of the purchase, retention, or sale of securities, cash, and other investments for the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, policies, and investment restrictions. The Subadvisers provide these services subject to the general supervision of the Investment Manager and the Trustees. The provision of investment advisory services by a Subadviser to its Fund will not be exclusive under the terms of the Subadvisory Agreements, and the Subadviser will be free to and expects to render investment advisory services to others.

 

In performing the functions set forth above and supervising the Subadvisers, the Investment Manager:

 

 

performs periodic detailed analysis and reviews of the performance by each Subadviser of its obligations to a Fund, including without limitation analysis and review of portfolio and other compliance matters and a review of each Subadviser’s investment performance in respect of a Fund;

 

 

prepares and presents periodic reports to the Board regarding the investment performance of each Subadviser and other information regarding each Subadviser, at such times and in such forms as the Board may reasonably request;

 

 

reviews and considers any changes in the personnel of each Subadviser responsible for performing the Subadviser’s obligations and makes appropriate reports to the Board;

 

 

reviews and considers any changes in the ownership or senior management of each Subadviser and makes appropriate reports to the Board;

 

 

performs periodic in-person or telephonic diligence meetings, including with respect to compliance matters, with representatives of each Subadviser;

 

 

assists the Board and management of the Trust in developing and reviewing information with respect to the initial approval of each Subadvisory Agreement with a Subadviser and annual consideration of each Subadvisory Agreement thereafter;

 

80

 

 

prepares recommendations with respect to the continued retention of any Subadviser or the replacement of any Subadviser, including at the request of the Board;

 

 

identifies potential successors to or replacements of any Subadviser or potential additional subadvisers, performs appropriate due diligence, and develops and presents to the Board a recommendation as to any such successor, replacement, or additional subadviser, including at the request of the Board;

 

 

designates and compensates from its own resources such personnel as the Investment Manager may consider necessary or appropriate to the performance of its services; and

 

 

performs such other review and reporting functions as the Board shall reasonably request consistent with the Investment Management Agreement and applicable law.

 

Each Fund pays all expenses not borne by the Investment Manager or Subadvisers including, but not limited to, the charges and expenses of the Fund’s custodian and transfer agent, independent auditors and legal counsel for the Fund and the Trust’s Independent Trustees, 12b-1 fees, if any, all brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and transaction taxes in connection with portfolio transactions, all taxes and filing fees, the fees and expenses for registration or qualification of each Fund’s shares under federal and state securities laws, all expenses of shareholders’ and Trustees’ meetings and of preparing, printing and mailing reports to shareholders and the compensation of Trustees who are not directors, officers or employees of the Investment Manager, Subadvisers or their affiliates, other than affiliated registered investment companies. The Investment Manager compensates all executive and clerical personnel and Trustees of the Trust if such persons are employees of the Investment Manager or its affiliates.

 

The Subadvisory Agreements require the Subadvisers to provide fair and equitable treatment to the respective Fund in the selection of portfolio investments and the allocation of investment opportunities. However, they do not obligate the Subadvisers to acquire for the Funds a position in any investment that any of the Subadvisers’ other clients may acquire. The Funds shall have no first refusal, co-investment or other rights in respect of any such investment, either for the Funds or otherwise.

 

Although the Subadvisers make investment decisions for the Funds independent of those for their other clients, it is likely that similar investment decisions will be made from time to time. When a Fund and another client of a Subadviser are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the transactions are, to the extent feasible and practicable, averaged as to price and the amount is allocated between the Fund and the other client(s) pursuant to a formula considered equitable by the Subadviser. In specific cases, this system could have an adverse effect on the price or volume of the security to be purchased or sold by a Fund. However, the Trustees believe, over time, that coordination and the ability to participate in volume transactions should benefit each Fund.

 

The Investment Management Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations or duties, the Investment Manager is not subject to liability to the Funds or any Fund shareholder for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, the matters to which the Investment Management Agreement relates. The Subadvisory Agreements with GW&K with respect to the Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund and Municipal Bond Fund and the Subadvisory Agreement with Renaissance with respect to the Large Cap Growth Fund provide that the Subadviser shall not be subject to any liability for any act or omission, error of judgment, or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Investment Manager or the Trust in connection with the Subadvisory Agreements, except by reason of the Subadviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of the Subadviser’s reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Subadvisory Agreements. The Subadvisory Agreements with TimesSquare with respect to the Small Cap Growth Fund, the Mid Cap Growth Fund,

 

81

 

the International Small Cap Fund, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, and the Global Small Cap Fund, and the Subadvisory Agreement with Skyline with respect to the Special Equities Fund, provide that the Subadvisers shall not be subject to any liability for any act or omission, error of judgment, or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Investment Manager or the Trust in connection with the Subadvisory Agreements, except by reason of the Subadvisers’ willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of the Subadvisers’ reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Subadvisory Agreements.

 

The Trust may rely on an exemptive order from the SEC that permits the Investment Manager, subject to certain conditions and oversight by the Board of Trustees, to enter into subadvisory agreements with unaffiliated subadvisers approved by the Trustees but without the requirement of shareholder approval. Under the terms of this exemptive order, the Investment Manager is able, subject to certain conditions (including a 90-day notification requirement discussed below) and approval by the Board of Trustees but without shareholder approval, to hire new unaffiliated subadvisers for the Funds, change the terms of the subadvisory agreement for an unaffiliated subadviser, or continue the employment of an unaffiliated subadviser after events that under the 1940 Act and the subadvisory agreement would be deemed to be an automatic termination of the subadvisory agreement provided that the Investment Manager provides notification to shareholders within 90 days of the hiring of an unaffiliated subadviser. The Investment Manager, subject to oversight by the Trustees, has ultimate responsibility to oversee the subadvisers and recommend their hiring, termination, and replacement. Although shareholder approval will not be required for the termination of subadvisory agreements, shareholders of a Fund will continue to have the right to terminate such subadvisory agreements for the Fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The Investment Manager may not change a subadviser to the Funds without approval of the Board of Trustees and, to the extent required by the 1940 Act, shareholder approval. Affiliated subadvisers selected by the Investment Manager are subject to shareholder approval.

 

Compensation of the Investment Manager and the Subadvisers

 

As compensation for the investment management services rendered and related expenses under the Investment Management Agreement, each Fund has agreed to pay the Investment Manager an investment management fee, at the annual rates included in the table below, which is computed daily as a percentage of the value of the average daily net assets of the applicable Fund and may be paid monthly.

 

Fund

Investment Management Fee

Small Cap Core Fund

0.70%

Small/Mid Cap Fund

0.65%

Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

0.45%

Municipal Bond Fund

0.35% for the first $25,000,000,
0.30% for the next $25,000,000,
0.25% for the next $50,000,000, and
0.20% in excess of $100,000,000

Large Cap Growth Fund

0.55% for the first $50,000,000,
0.50% for the next $25,000,000,
0.45% for the next $25,000,000, and
0.40% on amounts in excess of $100,000,000

 

82

 

Fund Investment Management Fee

Small Cap Growth Fund

0.79%

Mid Cap Growth Fund

0.79%

International Small Cap Fund

0.75%

Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

0.95%

Special Equities Fund

0.73%

Global Small Cap Fund

0.70%

 

As compensation for the investment management services rendered and related expenses under the Subadvisory Agreements, the Investment Manager has agreed to pay each Subadviser a portion of the investment management fee (net of all mutually agreed-upon fee waivers and reimbursements) for managing the portfolio, which is also computed daily and paid monthly based on the average daily net assets that the Subadviser manages. The fee paid to each Subadviser is paid out of the fee the Investment Manager receives from a Fund and does not increase a Fund’s expenses.

 

With respect to each of the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, International Small Cap Fund, Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, Global Small Cap Fund, and Special Equities Fund, the Subadviser has agreed to reimburse the Investment Manager for certain fees and expenses incurred by the Investment Manager or Distributor on behalf of the Fund, by the Investment Manager, or by the Distributor, which may include, but are not limited to, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees and distribution-related expenses.

Investment Management Fees Paid by the Funds. Investment management fees paid to the Investment Manager by the Municipal Bond Fund, Small Cap Core Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, International Small Cap Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Special Equities Fund and Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund for advisory services for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, and the Global Small Cap Fund for the period from May 31, 2018 (the date the Fund commenced operations) through December 31, 2018 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, are as follows. The Investment Manager may voluntarily agree to waive or reimburse a portion of its management fee from time to time. Any voluntary waiver or reimbursement by the Investment Manager may be terminated or reduced in amount at any time and solely in the discretion of the Investment Manager. The amounts shown reflect, in part, the Small Cap Core Fund’s, the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund’s, the Small/Mid Cap Fund’s, the Large Cap Growth Fund’s, the Small Cap Growth Fund’s, the Mid Cap Growth Fund’s and the Special Equities Fund’s previous investment management fee(s) of 0.75%, 0.50%, 0.75%, 0.55%, 0.85%, 0.85%, and 0.90%, respectively.

Fund

 

Total

   

Waived/Reimbursed*

   

Net

 
                         

Municipal Bond Fund

                       

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 2,059,847     $ 0     $ 2,059,847  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 2,186,356     $ 0     $ 2,186,356  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 2,102,015     $ 0     $ 2,102,015  
                         

Small Cap Core Fund

                       

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 2,974,885     $ 0     $ 2,974,885  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 3,882,611     $ 0     $ 3,882,611  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 3,467,084     $ 0     $ 3,467,084  

83

Fund   Total     Waived/Reimbursed*     Net  
                         

Small/Mid Cap Fund

                       

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 1,082,972     $ 0     $ 1,082,972  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 797,030     $ 0     $ 797,030  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 84,418     $ 0     $ 84,418  
                         

Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

                       

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 1,111,711     $ 0     $ 1,111,711  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 984,786     $ 0     $ 984,786  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 1,047,912     $ 0     $ 1,047,912  
                         

Large Cap Growth Fund

                       

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 516,246     $ 0     $ 516,246  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 674,663     $ 0     $ 674,663  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 601,712     $ 0     $ 601,712  
                         

Small Cap Growth Fund

                       

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 6,689,197     $ 0     $ 6,689,197  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 9,408,879     $ 0     $ 9,408,879  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 9,537,155     $ 0     $ 9,537,155  
                         

Mid Cap Growth Fund

                       

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 15,145,554     $ 0     $ 15,145,554  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 16,348,167     $ 1,567     $ 16,346,600  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 16,890,542     $ 12,258     $ 16,878,284  
                         

International Small Cap Fund

                       

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 8,411,291     $ 0     $ 8,411,291  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 8,391,933     $ 0     $ 8,391,933  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 2,405,680     $ 0     $ 2,405,680  
                         

Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

                       

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 54,603     $ 0     $ 54,603  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 60,775     $ 0     $ 60,775  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 53,683     $ 0     $ 53,683  
                         

Special Equities Fund

                       

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 4,179,594     $ 0     $ 4,179,594  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 8,544,648     $ 0     $ 8,544,648  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 10,374,738     $ 0     $ 10,374,738  
                         

Global Small Cap Fund

                       

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 13,393     $ 0     $ 13,393  

Period Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 7,292     $ 0     $ 7,292  

* As further described under “Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares—Exchange of Shares” below, an investor may exchange shares of the Funds through the Investment Manager for shares in the Agency share class of the JPMorgan U.S. Government Money Market Fund (the “JPMorgan Fund”). The Investment Manager has entered into a Service Agreement and Supplemental Payment Agreement with

 

84

 

the JPMorgan Fund’s distributor and investment adviser, respectively, that provide for a cash payment to the Investment Manager that compensates the Investment Manager for providing, directly or through an agent, administrative, sub-transfer agent and other shareholder services. The Investment Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive or reimburse a portion of its management fee in the amount of the cash payments it receives under these agreements, amounts which are reflected in the table as amounts waived/reimbursed. Any such voluntary waiver or reimbursement is not recoverable by the Investment Manager from a Fund under the expense limitations described under “Expense Limitations” below. See “Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares—Exchange of Shares” below for more information on the JPMorgan Fund and the Service Agreement and Supplemental Payment Agreement.

Subadvisory Fees Paid by the Investment Manager. Fees paid by the Investment Manager to the Subadviser for subadvisory services with respect to the Municipal Bond Fund, Small Cap Core Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, International Small Cap Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Special Equities Fund and Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, and the Global Small Cap Fund for the period from May 31, 2018 (the date the Fund commenced operations) through December 31, 2018 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, are as follows. A Subadviser may voluntarily agree to waive or reimburse a portion of its subadvisory fee from time to time. Any voluntary waiver or reimbursement by a Subadviser may be terminated or reduced in amount at any time and solely in the discretion of the Subadviser concerned.

   

Municipal Bond Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 1,073,674  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 1,136,928  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 1,094,758  
         
   

Small Cap Core Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 2,549,902  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 3,327,952  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 2,976,662  
         
   

Small/Mid Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 916,361  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 674,410  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 71,489  
         
   

Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 864,664  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 765,944  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 818,904  
         
   

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 363,090  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 443,581  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 401,319  
         
   

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 5,842,463  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 8,217,881  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 8,415,137  

85

   

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 13,228,396  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 14,278,779  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 14,903,419  
         
   

International Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 7,289,786  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 7,273,009  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 2,084,923  
         
   

Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 48,855  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 54,377  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 48,032  
         
   

Special Equities Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 3,549,792  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 7,257,098  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 8,848,464  
         
   

Global Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 11,479  

Period Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 6,250  

 

Expense Limitations

 

From time to time, the Investment Manager may agree to limit a Fund’s expenses by agreeing to waive all or a portion of the investment management fee and certain other fees it would otherwise be entitled to receive from a Fund and/or pay or reimburse certain Fund expenses above a specified maximum amount (i.e., an “expense limitation”). The Investment Manager may waive all or a portion of its fees and/or pay or reimburse Fund expenses for a number of reasons, such as passing on to the Fund and its shareholders the benefit of reduced portfolio management fees resulting from a waiver by the Investment Manager or Subadviser of all or a portion of the fees it would otherwise be entitled to receive from the Fund, or attempting to make a Fund’s performance more competitive as compared to similar funds. The tables below and, if applicable, the Annual Fund Operating Expenses table (including footnotes thereto) located in the front of each Fund’s Prospectus reflect the impact of the Fund’s contractual expense limitations, if any, in effect during the periods shown. In general, for a period of up to 36 months after the date any amounts are paid, waived or reimbursed by the Investment Manager pursuant to a Fund’s contractual expense limitation, the Investment Manager may recover such amounts from the Fund provided that such repayment would not cause the Fund’s total annual operating expenses (exclusive of the items noted in the Fund’s Prospectus) to exceed either (i) the expense limitation in effect at the time such amounts were paid, waived or reimbursed, or (ii) the expense limitation in effect at the time of such repayment by the Fund. In general, contractual expense limitations are only terminated at the end of a term, and shareholders will generally be notified of any change on or about the time that it becomes effective.

All fees waived and/or expenses reimbursed to (or repayments by) the Municipal Bond Fund, Small Cap Core Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, International Small Cap Fund, Special Equities Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund and Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, and the Global Small Cap Fund for the period from May 31, 2018 (the date the Fund commenced operations) through December 31, 2018 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, are as follows:

86

   

Municipal Bond Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 651,229  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 604,775  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 703,359  
         
   

Small Cap Core Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 48,563  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ (13,140 )

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 50,063  
         
   

Small/Mid Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 68,437  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 67,647  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 85,512  
         
   

Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 220,347  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 186,327  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 232,286  
         
   

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 159,989  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 167,279  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 152,975  
         
   

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 0  
         
   

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 0  
         
   

International Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ (220,603 )
         
   

Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 150,992  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 140,393  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 188,695  
         
   

Special Equities Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 165,098  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 147,194  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 271,909  

87

   

Global Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 118,313  

Period Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 148,223  

The Investment Manager also serves as the administrator to the Funds and receives compensation from the Trust pursuant to an administration agreement between the Trust and the Investment Manager. For more information about the administration agreement, see “Administrative Services” below.

 

Portfolio Managers of the Funds

Unless indicated otherwise, all information below is as of December 31, 2019.

AMG GW&K Small Cap Core Fund, AMG GW&K Small/Mid Cap Fund, AMG GW&K Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund and AMG GW&K Municipal Bond Fund

 

GW&K Investment Management, LLC (“GW&K”)

 

GW&K has served as Subadviser to the Small Cap Core Fund and the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund since the Funds commenced operations, and has served as Subadviser to the Municipal Bond Fund and the Small/Mid Cap Fund since the Fund’s inception. AMG has a majority ownership and controlling interest in GW&K that it acquired from The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”) on October 1, 2008. As of December 31, 2019, GW&K’s assets under management were approximately $42.155 billion.

Daniel L. Miller and Jeffrey W. Thibault serve as the portfolio managers jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Small Cap Core Fund and the Small/Mid Cap Fund.

 

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers 

 

Portfolio Manager: Daniel L. Miller, CFA

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based ($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    4     $ 676    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

    7     $ 1,350    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    4,939     $ 4,377       1     $ 115  

Portfolio Manager: Jeffrey W. Thibault, CFA

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based ($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    2     $ 306    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

    2     $ 804    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    2,650     $ 2,680       1     $ 115  

88

 

Nancy Angell, John Fox, Martin Tourigny and Brian Moreland serve as the portfolio managers jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund.

 

Nancy Angell, John Fox and Martin Tourigny serve as the portfolio managers jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Municipal Bond Fund.

 

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

 

Portfolio Manager: Nancy G. Angell, CFA

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based ($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    29,391     $ 27,847    

None

    $ 0  

Portfolio Manager: John B. Fox, CFA

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based ($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    29,391     $ 27,847    

None

    $ 0  

Portfolio Manager: Martin R. Tourigny, CFA

 Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based ($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    29,391     $ 27,847    

None

    $ 0  

89

 

Portfolio Manager: Brian T. Moreland, CFA

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based ($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    1,351     $ 1,856    

None

    $ 0  

Potential Material Conflicts of Interest

 

GW&K’s portfolio managers simultaneously manage multiple types of portfolios, including separate accounts, wrap fee programs and sub advised mutual funds, according to the same or a similar investment strategy as the applicable Fund.  However, the portfolios managed by a portfolio manager may not have portfolio compositions identical to those of the Fund managed by the portfolio manager due, for example, to specific investment limitations or guidelines present in some portfolios or funds but not others. The portfolio managers may purchase securities for one portfolio and not another portfolio, and the performance of securities purchased for one portfolio may vary from the performance of securities purchased for other portfolios. A portfolio manager may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of a Fund, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for a Fund, both of which have the potential to adversely impact the Fund depending on market conditions. For example, a portfolio manager may purchase a security in one portfolio while appropriately selling that same security in another portfolio. In addition, some of these portfolios have fee structures that are or have the potential to be higher than the advisory fees paid by a Fund, which can cause potential conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities between the Funds and the other accounts. However, the compensation structure for portfolio managers (see “Portfolio Manager Compensation” below) generally does not provide any incentive to favor one account over another because that part of a manager’s bonus based on performance is not based on the performance of one account to the exclusion of others.

 

While GW&K has policies and procedures to help ensure accounts are treated fairly and equitably over time not all accounts within a strategy will be managed the same at all times.  Different client guidelines and/or differences within the investment strategies may lead to the use of different investment practices for accounts within the same or similar investment strategy.

 

Portfolio Manager Compensation

 

Portfolio manager compensation is a formula that balances investment management results and growth of the product. Compensation is comprised of a fixed base salary which is determined by the individual’s experience and position relative to market data, as well as a bonus that incorporates 3 components:

 

 

Performance (of strategies managed by the portfolio manager based on composite returns) Relative to Peers

 

90

 

 

Risk-Adjusted Performance (of strategies managed by the portfolio manager based on composite returns) Relative to applicable Benchmarks

 

 

Discretionary

 

The bonus is not based specifically on the performance of the Fund nor is it based specifically on the assets held by the Fund.

 

Portfolio Managers’ Ownership of Fund Shares

 

Small Cap Core Fund:

Mr. Miller: None
Mr. Thibault: $10,001 to $50,000

Small/Mid Cap Fund:

Mr. Miller: $100,001 to $500,000
Mr. Thibault: None

Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

 

Ms. Angell: $1 to $10,000 
Mr. Fox: $500,001 to $1,000,000
Mr. Tourigny: $100,001 to $500,000
Mr. Moreland:  None

              

Municipal Bond Fund:

Ms. Angell: $50,001 to $100,000
Mr. Fox: Over $1,000,000
Mr. Tourigny: $100,001 to $500,000

AMG Renaissance Large Cap Growth Fund

 

The Renaissance Group LLC (“Renaissance”)

Renaissance has served as Subadviser to the Large Cap Growth Fund since the Fund’s inception. Renaissance operates under the name of Renaissance Investment Management and is majority owned by AMG. As of December 31, 2019, Renaissance’s assets under management were approximately $3.5 billion.

 

Michael E. Schroer and Andy Eng are the portfolio managers jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Large Cap Growth Fund.

91

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

Portfolio Manager: Michael E. Schroer

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based ($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    1     $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    119     $ 1,771.5       1     $ 12.1  

Portfolio Manager: Andy Eng

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    4     $ 2.9    

None

    $ 0  

Potential Material Conflicts of Interest

 

Actual or potential conflicts may arise in managing the Fund and in managing multiple client accounts. A brief description of some of the potential conflicts of interest and compliance factors that may arise as a result is included below.

 

Allocation of Investment Opportunities: If Renaissance identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple client accounts, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to liquidity constraints and other factors. Renaissance has adopted policies and procedures designed to ensure that allocations of limited investment opportunities are conducted in a fair and equitable manner between client accounts.

 

Although Renaissance uses the same buy list of securities for all accounts within a strategy, performance of each account may vary due to a variety of factors, including differing account restrictions, tax management, cash flows, and inception dates of accounts within a time period, etc. As a result, the portfolio of securities held in any single client account may perform better or worse than the portfolio of securities held in another similarly managed client account.

 

Allocation of Partially Filled Transactions in Securities: Renaissance often aggregates for execution as a single transaction orders for the purchase or sale of a particular security for multiple client accounts. If Renaissance is unable to fill an aggregated order completely, but receives a partial fill, Renaissance will typically allocate the transactions relating to the partially filled order to clients on a pro-rata basis. Renaissance may make exceptions from this general policy from time to time based on factors such as the availability of cash, country/regional/sector allocation decisions, investment guidelines and restrictions, and the costs for minimal allocation actions.

 

92

 

Opposite (e.g. Contradictory) Transactions in Securities: Renaissance provides investment advisory services for various clients, including the Fund, and under various investment mandates and may give advice, and take action, with respect to any of those clients that may differ from the advice given, or the timing or nature of action taken, with respect to any individual client account.

 

In the course of providing advisory services, Renaissance may simultaneously recommend the sale of a particular security for one client account while recommending the purchase of the same or similar security for another account. This may occur for a variety of reasons. For example, in order to raise cash to handle a redemption/withdrawal from a client account, Renaissance is forced to sell a security that is ranked a buy in a model portfolio.

 

Renaissance has and potentially will purchase publicly traded securities of clients, brokers and other vendors. This potential conflict is mitigated by the fact that Renaissance utilizes quantitative models to select potential securities to purchase and only considers purchasing securities which fall into the top quintile of its model portfolio. Securities become sale candidates if they fall out of the top two quintiles of the model portfolio, or if in the opinion of the portfolio manager, they become unattractive for fundamental reasons.

 

Selection of Brokers/Dealers: In selecting a broker or a dealer, Renaissance may choose a broker whose commission rate is in excess of that which another broker might have charged for the same transaction, based upon Renaissance’s judgment of that brokers execution capabilities and/or as a result of Renaissance’s perceived value of the broker’s research services. Renaissance receives third party research through soft dollar arrangements whereby a broker purchases research from a third party on Renaissance’s behalf. Renaissance also receives proprietary research from broker dealers with whom Renaissance may or may not have a brokerage relationship. Renaissance seeks to achieve best execution through the evaluation of trade execution, clearance, settlement and research services provided by a broker. There can be no assurance that best execution can always be achieved. Renaissance does not enter into any agreements formal or otherwise regarding order flow as a result of research received. Clients should consider there is a potential conflict of interest between their interests in obtaining best execution and an investment adviser’s receipt of research from brokers selected by the investment adviser for trade executions. The proprietary research services that Renaissance obtains from brokers may be used to service all of Renaissance’s clients and not just those clients paying commissions to brokers providing those research services, and not all proprietary research may be used by Renaissance for the benefit of the one or more client accounts which paid commissions to a broker providing such research.

Personal Securities Transactions: Renaissance allows its associates to trade in securities that it recommends to clients on an exception basis. These exception transactions may occur at the same time that Renaissance is holding the same or similar securities or investment products for client account portfolios. The actions taken by such persons on a personal basis may be or be deemed to be, inconsistent with the actions taken by Renaissance for its client accounts. Clients should understand that these activities might create a conflict of interest between Renaissance, its associates and its clients.

 

Renaissance associates may also invest in mutual funds and other commingled vehicles that are managed by Renaissance. To address this potential conflict, associates must pre-clear all security transactions and provide quarterly and annual holdings statements. In addition, Renaissance has adopted a written Code of Ethics designed to prevent and detect personal trading activities that may interfere or conflict with client interests (including shareholder’s interests in the Fund).

 

Compensation: Managing Partners and Senior Partners of Renaissance are compensated through a fixed salary and bonuses equal to a percentage of residual profits of the firm. Partners are also equity owners in the business and receive dividends allocated on a pro rata basis based upon their respective ownership percentage. The level of dividends is set as a fixed percentage of revenues. All residual profits are split between the Managing Partners and Senior Partners.

93

All other partners are similarly compensated except that their bonuses are determined by the Managing Partners and Senior Partners on an annual basis.

 

All other employees are compensated via salary and bonus arrangements. Bonuses are determined by the Managing Partners and paid based upon achievement of specific company and individual goals.

Performance Based Fees: Performance-based fees create certain inherent conflicts of interest with respect to Renaissance’s management of assets. Specifically, Renaissance’s entitlement to a performance-based fee in managing one or more accounts may create an incentive for Renaissance to take risks in managing assets that Renaissance would not otherwise take in the absence of such arrangements. In addition, since performance-based fees reward Renaissance for strong performance in accounts which are subject to such fees, Renaissance may have an incentive to favor these accounts over those that have only asset-based fees (i.e., fees based simply on the amount of assets under management in an account) with respect to areas such as trading opportunities, trade allocation, and allocation of new investment opportunities. This potential conflict has been reduced or eliminated by employing a random trading rotation prior to trade execution to ensure all clients in Renaissance’s trading rotation have the same chance of receiving a first or last trade execution.

 

Portfolio Manager Compensation

Michael Schroer, Co-Portfolio Manager, is a Managing Partner of Renaissance and as such is compensated through a fixed salary, revenue sharing and a percentage of profits of the firm. Therefore, his compensation will vary along with firm assets, since his compensation is tied to revenue and profitability. None of his compensation is directly based on performance.

 

Andy Eng, Co-Portfolio Manager, is a Partner of Renaissance and as such is compensated through a fixed salary, revenue sharing and bonuses. Revenue share distributions are allocated on a pro rata basis, based upon the partner’s respective ownership percentage. Bonuses are based on overall contributions to the firm’s investment and business success. None of his compensation is directly based on performance.

Portfolio Managers’ Ownership of Fund Shares

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

Mr. Schroer: $500,001 to $1,000,000
Mr. Eng: None

94

 

AMG TimesSquare Small Cap Growth Fund, AMG TimesSquare Mid Cap Growth Fund, AMG TimesSquare International Small Cap Fund, AMG TimesSquare Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund and AMG TimesSquare Global Small Cap Fund

 

TimesSquare Capital Management, LLC (“TimesSquare”)

TimesSquare has day-to-day responsibility for managing each of the Small Cap Growth Fund’s, the Mid Cap Growth Fund’s, the International Small Cap Fund’s, the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund’s and the Global Small Cap Fund’s portfolio and has managed each Fund since its inception. TimesSquare is the successor firm to TimesSquare Capital Management, Inc., which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the CIGNA Corporation. An indirect subsidiary of AMG is the Managing Member of and owns a majority interest in TimesSquare. As of December 31, 2019, TimesSquare’s assets under management totaled approximately $15.38 billion.

Grant R. Babyak and Kenneth C. Duca are the portfolio managers jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Small Cap Growth Fund.

 

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

 

Portfolio Manager: Grant R. Babyak

 

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

 

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    3     $ 2,082.51    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

    11     $ 2,329.09    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    92     $ 6,942.80       4     $ 302.49  

Portfolio Manager: Kenneth C. Duca, CFA

 

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

 

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    1     $ 193.79    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

    2     $ 1,293.94    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    32     $ 2,016.94    

None

    $ 0  

95

 

Grant R. Babyak and Ian Anthony Rosenthal are the portfolio managers jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Mid Cap Growth Fund.

 

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

 

Portfolio Manager: Grant R. Babyak

 

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

 

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    3     $ 719.71    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

    11     $ 2,329.09    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    92     $ 6,942.80       4     $ 302.49  

Portfolio Manager: Ian Anthony Rosenthal

 

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

 

Total Assets Managed ($millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    1     $ 2.12    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

    9     $ 1,035.15    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    61     $ 4,925.86       4     $ 302.49  

96

Magnus Larsson is the portfolio manager primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the International Small Cap Fund.

 

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager

Portfolio Manager: Magnus Larsson

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    3     $ 640.87       1     $ 632.91  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

    5     $ 460.52    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    13     $ 1,522.44       2     $ 273.09  

Caglar Somek and Magnus Larsson are the portfolio managers jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund.

 

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

 

Portfolio Manager: Caglar Somek

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

 

97

 

Portfolio Manager: Magnus Larsson

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    3     $ 1,790.90       1     $ 623.91  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

    5     $ 460.52    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    13     $ 1,522.44       2     $ 273.09  

Magnus Larsson, Grant R. Babyak and Ian Anthony Rosenthal, CFA, are the portfolio managers jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Global Small Cap Fund.

 

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

 

Portfolio Manager: Magnus Larsson

 

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

 

Total Assets Managed ($millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    3     $ 1,794.63       1     $ 632.91  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

    5     $ 460.52    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    13     $ 1,522.44       2     $ 273.09  

Portfolio Manager: Grant R. Babyak

 

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

 

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    3     $ 2,604.20    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

    11     $ 2,329.09    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    92     $ 6,942.80       4     $ 302.49  

Portfolio Manager: Ian Anthony Rosenthal

 

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

 

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

    1     $ 1,886.61    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

    9     $ 1,035.15    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    61     $ 4,925.86       4     $ 302.49  

98

 

Potential Material Conflicts of Interest

 

TimesSquare is committed to ensuring that first and foremost any conflicts of interest, whether actual or apparent, are avoided. Towards that aim, TimesSquare implemented and continues to maintain a compliance program that includes written policies and procedures that address reasonably foreseeable potential areas of conflict. TimesSquare has designated a Chief Compliance Officer and provided the resources and support required to ensure that the compliance program remains effective. The following highlights of TimesSquare’s compliance program are critical in the firm’s avoidance of conflicts of interest.

 

Code of Ethics - Personal Trading Conflicts:

 

As a relatively small entity, TimesSquare treats all personnel as “Access Persons.” All personnel are required to follow the Access Person rules as described in detail in its compliance policies and procedures, including preclearance and holdings declarations. To ensure that TimesSquare avoids conflicts of interests its compliance department prohibits individual stock transactions in issues less than $25 billion in market capitalization or in any stock that is held in any portfolios managed by TimesSquare. The $25 billion limitation is extremely effective in avoiding conflicts since TimesSquare primarily manages investment portfolios with small to mid cap market mandates with a market capitalization range below $25 billion for most clients. TimesSquare’s Code of Ethics and Compliance Manual also contain a gift policy that restricts the giving and receiving of gifts by employees.

 

Investment Opportunity Conflicts:

 

Portfolio managers for all advised accounts have equal access to all suitable transactions, consistent with its policy of treating all client accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time. Requests for publicly-traded securities may be filled by TimesSquare’s trading desk in the order in which they are received, but are generally aggregated for advised accounts (including affiliated accounts). Such aggregation is appropriate, in TimesSquare’s judgment, for the purpose of achieving best execution, and all participating accounts benefit equally from any reduced price or transaction costs. Except as directed by clients, TimesSquare and its related advisers use a proportional allocation system in the case of aggregated trades where not enough securities are available to satisfy all accounts’ requests. In the event that this pro rata procedure results in an allocation that is not consistent with the portfolio’s relative sizes, sector allocations, diversification, and/or cash positions, as determined by the portfolio manager, then the portfolio manager may change the allocation.

 

Such aggregation does not always include “program trades” for actively managed equity accounts. Program trades are defined by TimesSquare as trades of more than one security that are periodically required to rebalance portfolios. Program trades also include groups of trades required to establish desired initial portfolios for new accounts. Program trades are executed through specific program trading firms selected by TimesSquare’s active equity trading desk. TimesSquare’s trading desk delegates the execution and management of program trades to the program trading firms, subject to review for best execution. In the opinion of TimesSquare, it is not always advantageous to aggregate program trades with non-program trading activity. Decisions to aggregate/not aggregate program trades with non-program trades are made on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration, for example, liquidity of securities involved, price limits on orders and the size of the program trade(s) as compared to non-program trades.

 

99

 

Where the actual allocation of new growth equity issues is significantly lower than that requested, using the original intended allocation proportions may result in allocations to portfolios that are not meaningful. In those situations, the portfolio manager may allocate the securities received to significantly fewer portfolios than originally intended. Those portfolios chosen to receive the smaller allocations are selected non-systematically based on a combination of portfolio performance, size, cash position, sector allocations, number of positions in the portfolio, diversification among similar companies, and minimization of custodian transaction costs to the client. While the intention is to over time allocate similar proportional amounts to all portfolios, using this methodology the largest accounts are unlikely to receive small allocations and over time may not receive similar proportional amounts. On a quarterly basis, portfolio managers and compliance personnel monitor the proportional amounts allocated to all portfolios and the dispersion of performance for all accounts, for the last rolling twelve-month period. The objective of the reviews is to evaluate dispersion of performance and relative allocations, if any, and to determine if future allocations of IPOs and secondary offerings should be adjusted.

 

Conflict Management:

 

To date, TimesSquare does not believe that it has been faced with a material conflict of interest. However, in the event that a conflict did arise, the firm would follow its written policies in that particular area. As per the firm’s policies, the firm’s Chief Compliance Officer would be directly involved and charged with the management of the situation. The Chief Compliance Officer would engage senior management as necessary and enlist legal counsel towards reviewing the situation and determining the appropriate course of action to avoid and/or resolve the conflict. To the extent necessary, TimesSquare would also take corrective actions that were consistent with TimesSquare’s fiduciary duty and the best interests of its clients.

 

TimesSquare’s entire equity growth team is bound by its compliance program that includes written policies and procedures that the firm believes address reasonably foreseeable potential areas of conflict.

 

Portfolio Manager Compensation

 

TimesSquare’s compensation program rewards top performing portfolio managers and investment analysts, promotes retention of key personnel and provides senior leaders with an equity-based stake in the firm. The program is tied exclusively to our client’s investment performance and financial results of the firm and its investment business. Moreover, the program is based on a series of clear metrics with investment performance, relative to the appropriate comparative universe and benchmark, carrying the greatest weighting for portfolio managers. Investment professionals’ compensation is comprised of the following three components: base salaries, an annual bonus plan and significant equity in the firm, as described below.

 

100

 

Base Salaries.

 

Base salaries for investment professionals are targeted at the upper end of relevant peer groups of other institutional investment managers. We adjust base salaries when performance, market data, career path progression or position scope warrant an increase to encourage retention and development of top performers. For key investment decision-makers, variable performance-driven elements, such as the annual bonus and equity in the firm, comprise the substantial majority of total compensation.

 

Annual Bonus Plan.

 

Bonuses for portfolio managers and investment analysts are determined primarily by investment performance (and not assets under management) using both manager-relative and benchmark-relative measures over multiple time horizons. Such performance is measured over 1 and 3 year time periods versus the relative benchmarks (Russell Mid Cap Growth Index for the Mid Cap Growth Fund, Russell Small Cap Growth Index for the Small Cap Growth Fund, MSCI EAFE Small Cap Index for the International Small Cap Fund, MSCI Emerging Markets Small Cap Index for the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund and MSCI World Small Cap Index for the Global Small Cap Fund). Performance is analyzed on a pre-tax basis.

 

 Equity Ownership.

 

Senior investment professionals receive significant equity ownership in the firm, subject to a five-year vesting period. Once vested, certain components with vested value are not immediately accessible to further encourage retention. Through this stake in our business, portfolio managers should benefit from client retention and business growth. Currently, substantially all of TimesSquare’s senior investment professionals with tenure greater than three years retain ownership.

 

Portfolio Managers Ownership of Fund Shares

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

Mr. Babyak: $500,001 to $1,000,000
Mr. Duca:  None

Mid Cap Growth Fund

Mr. Babyak: $500,001 to $1,000,000
Mr. Rosenthal: Over $1,000,000

International Small Cap Fund

Mr. Larsson:  $100,001 to $500,000

    

Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

Mr. Somek: $1 to $10,000
Mr. Larsson:   $50,001 to $100,000

Global Small Cap Fund

Mr. Larsson:  $10,001 to $50,000
Mr. Babyak: $500,001 to $1,000,000
Mr. Rosenthal:  None

101

 

AMG Managers Skyline Special Equities Fund

 

Skyline Asset Management, L.P. (“Skyline”)

Skyline has day-to-day responsibility for managing the portfolio of the Special Equities Fund and has managed the Fund and the Skyline Special Equities Portfolio, a series of Skyline Funds, which was reorganized into the Fund on December 31, 2007, since 1995. Skyline is 100% wholly owned by its management team. As of December 31, 2019, Skyline’s assets under management totaled approximately $546.7 million. William F. Fiedler, Michael Maloney, and Mark N. Odegard are the portfolio managers jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

 

Portfolio Manager: William F. Fiedler

 

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    5     $ 52.3    

None

    $ 0  

Portfolio Manager: Michael Maloney

 

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    5     $ 52.3    

None

    $ 0  

Portfolio Manager: Mark N. Odegard 

 

 

Type of Account

 

Number Of Accounts Managed

   

Total Assets Managed

($ millions)

   

Number of Accounts Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

   

Assets Managed For Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based

($ millions)

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

None

    $ 0    

None

    $ 0  

Other Accounts

    5     $ 52.3    

None

    $ 0  

102

 

Potential Material Conflicts of Interest

 

As indicated in the previous table, Messrs. Fiedler, Maloney and Odegard are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of other small cap value separate accounts other than the Fund. The side-by-side management of both the Fund and the separately managed small cap value accounts may raise potential conflicts of interest for Skyline. A conflict may exist if the portfolio managers identify a limited investment opportunity that may be appropriate for more than one account, but the Fund is not able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to the need to allocate the opportunity among multiple accounts. Skyline utilizes certain guidelines and procedures, discussed in the following, to mitigate the potential of conflicts negatively affecting the Fund or its other accounts.

 

The overriding principle to be followed in applying Skyline’s allocation guidelines is to be fair and reasonable to all clients based upon client investment objectives and policies and to avoid even the appearance of favoritism or discrimination among clients. Skyline has adopted a policy of pro rata allocation per client account based upon order size as determined by the portfolio manager at the time of order entry because Skyline believes that, in most instances, a pro rata allocation will assure fairness over time. Under certain circumstances, allocation on a basis other than strictly pro rata or based on order size is permitted if Skyline believes that such allocation is fair and reasonable.

 

In the event that Skyline’s access to an investment opportunity is limited, such as in the case of an IPO, Skyline seeks to allocate such investment opportunities in an equitable manner among accounts for which such securities are an appropriate investment, including, where appropriate, proprietary and affiliated accounts. Generally, such allocation shall be made pro rata among accounts based upon the relative size of the accounts for which the security has been determined to be an appropriate investment.

 

In the case of purchases, no preference is given to clients who may already own the security in question versus clients who do not currently own the security. In the event of unobtainable order size for purchases, including participation in IPOs, and for equities, allocations will generally be made pro rata based upon the appropriate equity asset sizes of accounts.

 

Portfolio Manager Compensation 

 

The portfolio managers responsible for managing the Fund are all limited partners of Skyline. Their compensation comes from a combination of salary, bonus and a share of Skyline’s profits. Salary and bonus are based upon their individual contribution to the success of the Fund and Skyline. The share in Skyline’s profits is based upon their ownership percentage of Skyline Asset Management, L.P.

 

The portfolio managers’ salary and bonus are determined by Skyline’s executive committee, which takes into account many factors, including the portfolio manager’s contribution to the success of the Fund, contribution to Skyline’s business prospects, successful stock selection, and favorable sector weightings. Contributions in other sectors of the Fund and other areas of Skyline, such as trading, client service and retention, and asset growth, are also considered. There is no set formula for any of the above components, and an effort is made to consider a portfolio manager’s performance against the Russell 2000 Value Index, primarily for the most recent one-year period with two- and three-year performance records also considered.

 

Compensation is also based on the pre-tax performance of the Fund and the Fund’s assets. More specifically, it is based on the pre-tax performance and the assets under management for Skyline’s composite, which includes the Fund.

 

In addition, the portfolio managers are provided benefits packages that include life insurance, health insurance, and participation in Skyline’s 401(k) plan comparable to that received by other employees of Skyline.

 

103

 

Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Shares

 

Mr. Fiedler: Over $1,000,000
Mr. Maloney: Over $1,000,000
Mr. Odegard:  Over $1,000,000

     

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Proxies for each Fund’s portfolio securities are voted in accordance with the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Subadviser responsible for managing the portion of the Fund’s assets that includes the security with respect to which a proxy is solicited. The proxy voting policies and procedures for GW&K, Renaissance, TimesSquare and Skyline are attached to this SAI as Appendix B, C, D and E, respectively. Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to their portfolio securities during the most recent twelve months ended June 30 is available: (i) without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 548-4539; and (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Codes of Ethics

 

The Trust, the Investment Manager, the Distributor and the Subadvisers have adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. These codes of ethics, which generally permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds, contain procedures that are designed to avoid the conflicts of interest that may be presented by personal securities investing.

 

Administrative Services

Effective October 1, 2016, the Investment Manager entered into an Amended and Restated Administration Agreement (the “Fund Administration Agreement”) with the Trust on behalf of the Funds. Under the Fund Administration Agreement, the Investment Manager also serves as administrator of the Funds and is responsible for certain aspects of managing the Funds’ operations, including administration and shareholder servicing. The administrative and shareholder services to be provided include, but are not limited to, processing and/or coordinating Fund share purchases and redemptions, responding to inquiries from shareholders, providing omnibus level support for financial intermediaries who perform sub-accounting for shares held of record by financial intermediaries for the benefit of other beneficial owners and other general and administrative responsibilities for the Funds. For providing these services, each Fund pays the Investment Manager 0.15% of its average daily net assets per annum. The Fund Administration Agreement generally may be terminated by the Investment Manager upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the Trust, and by the Trust upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the Investment Manager.

 

Fees paid under the Fund Administration Agreement by the Municipal Bond Fund, Small Cap Core Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Special Equities Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund and International Small Cap Fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, and the Global Small Cap Fund for the period from May 31, 2018 (the date the Fund commenced operations) through December 31, 2018 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, are as follows. The amounts shown for the International Small Cap Fund reflect, in part, the Investment Manager’s contractual agreement to waive the administrative fee paid by the Fund in an amount equal to an annual rate of 0.01% from July 1, 2017 through June 30, 2018.

104

   

Municipal Bond Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 1,479,261  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 1,574,142  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 1,510,886  
         
   

Small Cap Core Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 637,475  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 831,988  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 735,672  
         
   

Small/Mid Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 249,917  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 183,930  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 19,393  
         
   

Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 370,570  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 328,262  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 343,518  
         
   

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 152,303  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 210,811  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 183,759  
         
   

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 1,270,101  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 1,786,496  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 1,683,027  
         
   

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 2,875,738  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 3,104,082  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 2,980,684  
         
   

International Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 1,682,258  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 1,628,048  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 457,653  
         
   

Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 8,622  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 9,596  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 8,476  

105

   

Special Equities Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 858,821  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 1,755,750  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 1,901,411  
         
   

Global Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 2,870  

Period Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 1,562  

Distribution Arrangements

 

Under a Distribution Agreement between the Trust and the Distributor (the “Distribution Agreement”), the Distributor serves as the principal distributor and underwriter for the Funds. The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Shares of each Fund will be continuously offered and will be sold directly to prospective purchasers and through brokers, dealers or other financial intermediaries who have executed selling agreements with the Distributor. Subject to the compensation arrangements discussed below, generally the Distributor bears all or a portion of the expenses of providing services pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, including the payment of the expenses relating to the distribution of each Fund’s Prospectus for sales purposes and any advertising or sales literature. Any costs and expenses not allocated to the Distributor shall be borne by the Investment Manager or an affiliate of the Investment Manager as agreed-upon between the Distributor and the Investment Manager from time to time. The Distributor is not obligated to sell any specific amount of shares of any Fund. All shares and classes of the Funds are sold without a front end or contingent deferred sales load and Class Z and Class I shares of the Funds and Class N shares of the Small Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, International Small Cap Fund and Special Equities Fund are not subject to the expenses of any Rule 12b-1 distribution and service plan.

 

The Distribution Agreement may be terminated by either party under certain specified circumstances and will automatically terminate on assignment in the same manner as the Investment Management Agreement. The Distribution Agreement remains in effect for one year from the date of its execution and thereafter from year to year, provided that each such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by vote of the Trustees of the Trust and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Agreement or any plan adopted by the Trust under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Distribution Agreement.

 

With respect to sales of shares of the Funds, the Distributor may provide promotional incentives including cash compensation to certain brokers, dealers, or financial intermediaries whose representatives have sold or are expected to sell significant amounts of shares. With respect to each Fund discussed in this SAI, certain programs may provide, subject to certain conditions, additional compensation to brokers, dealers, or financial intermediaries based on a combination of aggregate shares sold and increases of assets under management. All of the above payments will be made pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 distribution and service plan described below and possibly supplemented by payments by the Distributor or its affiliates out of their own assets, or, in the case of such shares that are not subject to a Rule 12b-1 distribution and service plan, only by the Distributor or its affiliates out of their own assets.

 

106

 

The Distributor’s principal address is 600 Steamboat Road, Suite 300, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

 

Rule 12b-1 Distribution and Service Plan - Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Municipal Bond Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund and Global Small Cap Fund Only. The Trust has adopted a Plan of Distribution with respect to the Class N shares of the Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Municipal Bond Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund and Global Small Cap Fund (the “Plan”), in accordance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act and the requirements of the applicable rules of FINRA regarding asset-based sales charges.

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Funds may compensate the Distributor, brokers, dealers or other financial intermediaries (in each case, not limited to expenses incurred) for engaging, directly or indirectly, in any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of Class N shares, for the reimbursement of related expenses, and for the maintenance and personal service (“servicing”) provided to existing shareholders of that class. The Plan authorizes payments of up to 0.25% annually of each Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class N shares.

 

The portion of payments made by Class N shares of each Fund under the Plan for servicing may not exceed an annual rate of 0.25% of the average daily NAV of the Fund’s shares of that class owned by clients of any broker, dealer or financial intermediary.

 

In accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Distributor provides to each Fund, for review by the Trustees, a quarterly written report of the amounts expended under the Plan and the purpose for which such expenditures were made. In the Trustees’ quarterly review of the Plan, they will review the level of compensation the Plan provides in considering the continued appropriateness of the Plan.

 

Under its terms, the Plan remains in effect from year to year provided such continuance is approved annually by vote of the Trustees in the manner described therein. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent under the Plan without approval of the shareholders of the affected share class, and material amendments to the Plan must also be approved by the Trustees in a manner described therein. The Plan may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of the majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operations of the Plan or any related agreements, or by “the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the applicable Fund or share class.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, the Class N shares of the Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Municipal Bond Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund and Global Small Cap Fund paid the following amounts under the Plan.

   

Municipal Bond Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 47,740  
         
   

Small Cap Core Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 26,295  
         
   

Small/Mid Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 292  

107

   

Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 16,746  
         
   

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 152,005  
         
   

Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 77  
         
   

Global Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 91  

Custodian

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, a subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (the “Custodian”), 111 Sander Creek Parkway 2nd Floor, East Syracuse, New York 13057, is the custodian for the Funds. The Custodian is responsible for holding all cash assets and all portfolio securities of the Funds, releasing and delivering such securities as directed by the Funds, maintaining bank accounts in the names of the Funds, receiving for deposit into such accounts payments for shares of the Funds, collecting income and other payments due to the Funds with respect to portfolio securities and paying out monies of the Funds.

 

The Custodian is authorized to deposit securities in securities depositories or to use the services of sub-custodians, including foreign sub-custodians, to the extent permitted by and subject to the regulations of the SEC.

 

Transfer Agent

 

BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., P.O. Box 9769, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9769 (the “Transfer Agent”), is the transfer agent for the Funds and also serves as the dividend disbursing agent for the Funds.

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 101 Seaport Boulevard, Suite 500, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP conducts an annual audit of the financial statements of each Fund, assists in the preparation and/or review of each Fund’s federal and state income tax returns and may provide other audit, tax and related services.

 

Securities Lending

 

The Board of Trustees has approved each Fund’s participation in a securities lending program. Under the securities lending program, the Trust has retained The Bank of New York Mellon to serve as its securities lending agent.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, the income earned by the Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, International Small Cap Fund, Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, Special Equities Fund and Global Small Cap Fund as well as the fees and/or compensation paid by each such Fund (in dollars) pursuant to the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement between the Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon

108

with respect to the Funds (the “Securities Lending Authorization Agreement”) were as follows. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, there was no income earned by the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund or the Municipal Bond Fund or fees and/or compensation paid by either such Fund pursuant to the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement.

   

Small Cap Core Fund

   

Small/Mid Cap Fund

 

Gross income earned by the Fund from securities lending activities

  $ 151,859.68     $ 30,518.51  

Fees and/or compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities and related services

 

● Fees paid to The Bank of New York Mellon from a revenue split

  $ 17,920.86     $ 4,062.95  

● Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Administrative fees not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Indemnification fees not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Rebate (paid to borrower)

  $ 52,597.13     $ 8,641.74  

Aggregate fees/compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities

  $ 70,517.99     $ 12,704.69  

Net income from securities lending activities

  $ 81,341.69     $ 17,813.82  

109

   

Large Cap Growth Fund

   

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

Gross income earned by the Fund from securities lending activities

  $ 3,848.38     $ 1,208,675.78  

Fees and/or compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities and related services

 

● Fees paid to The Bank of New York Mellon from a revenue split

  $ 671.16     $ 151,928.61  

● Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Administrative fees not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Indemnification fees not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Rebate (paid to borrower)

  $ 143.68     $ 365,650.23  

Aggregate fees/compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities

  $ 814.84     $ 517,578.84  

Net income from securities lending activities

  $ 3,033.54     $ 691,096.94  

110

   

Mid Cap Growth Fund

   

International Small Cap Fund

   

Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

 

Gross income earned by the Fund from securities lending activities

  $ 754,379.79     $ 2,947,300.33     $ 1,163.92  

Fees and/or compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities and related services

 

● Fees paid to The Bank of New York Mellon from a revenue split

  $ 76,418.52     $ 461,345.34     $ 46.38  

● Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Administrative fees not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Indemnification fees not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Rebate (paid to borrower)

  $ 337,859.62     $ 412,430.49     $ 908.99  

Aggregate fees/compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities

  $ 414,278.14     $ 873,775.83     $ 955.37  

Net income from securities lending activities

  $ 340,101.65     $ 2,073,524.50     $ 208.55  

111

   

Special Equities Fund

   

Global Small Cap Fund

 

Gross income earned by the Fund from securities lending activities

  $ 314,713.15     $ 1,210.33  

Fees and/or compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities and related services

         

● Fees paid to The Bank of New York Mellon from a revenue split

  $ 20,457.60     $ 195.80  

● Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Administrative fees not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Indemnification fees not included in a revenue split

  $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

● Rebate (paid to borrower)

  $ 203,575.19     $ 132.56  

Aggregate fees/compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities

  $ 224,032.79     $ 328.36  

Net income from securities lending activities

  $ 90,680.36     $ 881.97  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, The Bank of New York Mellon, acting as agent of the Funds, provided the following services to the Funds in connection with the Funds’ securities lending activities: (i) locating borrowers; (ii) monitoring daily the value of the loaned securities and collateral; (iii) seeking additional collateral as necessary from borrowers, and returning collateral to borrowers; (iv) receiving and holding collateral from borrowers, and facilitating the investment and reinvestment of cash collateral; (v) negotiating loan terms, including, but not limited to, the amount of any loan premium; (vi) selecting securities to be loaned; (vii) recordkeeping and account servicing; (viii) carrying out instructions of clients with respect to dividend activity and material proxy votes; and (ix) arranging for return of loaned securities to the Fund at loan termination.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

 

The Subadvisory Agreements provide that each Subadviser places all orders for the purchase and sale of securities that are held in each Fund’s portfolio. In executing portfolio transactions and selecting brokers or dealers, it is the policy and principal objective of each Subadviser to seek to obtain best price and execution. It is expected that securities will ordinarily be purchased in the primary markets. Each Subadviser shall consider all factors that it deems relevant when assessing best price and execution for a Fund, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer and the reasonableness of the commission, if any (for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis).

 

112

 

In addition, when selecting brokers to execute transactions and in evaluating the best available net price and execution, each Subadviser is authorized by the Trustees to consider the “brokerage and research services” (as defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), provided by the broker. Each Subadviser is also authorized to cause a Fund to pay a commission to a broker who provides such brokerage and research services for executing a portfolio transaction which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged for effecting that transaction. Each Subadviser must determine in good faith, however, that such commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided viewed in terms of that particular transaction or in terms of all the accounts over which each Subadviser exercises investment discretion. Brokerage and research services received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by each Subadviser. Each Fund may purchase and sell portfolio securities through brokers who provide the Subadvisers with research services. Brokerage commissions may be used for the general benefit of all other clients of the Subadvisers where legally and contractually permissible.

 

The revised EU Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID II”), which became effective January 3, 2018, requires EU investment managers in the scope of the EU Markets in Financial Instruments Directive to pay for research services from brokers and dealers directly out of their own resources or by establishing “research payment accounts” for each client, rather than through client commissions. MiFID II’s research requirements present various compliance and operational considerations for investment advisers and broker-dealers serving clients in both the United States and the EU. It is possible that a Subadviser subject to MiFID II will cause a Fund to pay for research services with soft dollars in circumstances where the Subadviser is prohibited from causing its other client accounts to do so, including where the Subadviser aggregates trades on behalf of a Fund and those other client accounts. In such situations, a Fund would bear the additional amounts for the research services and the Fund’s Subadviser’s other client accounts would not, although the Subadviser’s other client accounts might nonetheless benefit from those research services.

 

The Trustees will periodically review the total amount of commissions paid by the Funds to determine if the commissions paid over representative periods of time were reasonable in relation to commissions being charged by other brokers and the benefits to the Funds of using particular brokers or dealers. It is possible that certain of the services received by a Subadviser attributable to a particular transaction will primarily benefit one or more other accounts for which investment discretion is exercised by the Subadviser.

 

The fees of each Subadviser are not reduced by reason of its receipt, if any, of such brokerage and research services. Generally, a Subadviser does not provide any services to a Fund except portfolio investment management and related recordkeeping services. The Investment Manager may request that a Subadviser employ certain specific brokers who have agreed to pay certain Fund expenses. The use of such brokers is subject to best price and execution, and there is no specific amount of brokerage that is required to be placed through such brokers.

 

Brokerage Commissions

Aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the Municipal Bond Fund, Small Cap Core Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, International Small Cap Fund, Special Equities Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund and Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, and the Global Small Cap Fund for the period from May 31, 2018 (the date the Fund commenced operations) through December 31, 2018 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, are as follows:

113

   

Municipal Bond Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 0  
         
   

Small Cap Core Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 153,896  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 191,555  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 162,916  
         
   

Small/Mid Cap Fund*

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 60,271  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 67,410  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 24,312  
         
   

Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 0  
         
   

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 29,185  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 49,005  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 32,202  
         
   

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 1,171,170  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 1,398,584  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 1,346,852  
         
   

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 1,435,751  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 1,320,261  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 1,377,299  
         
   

International Small Cap Fund**

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 1,150,827  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 1,913,316  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 1,015,306  
         
   

Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 28,209  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 24,651  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 21,408  
         
   

Special Equities Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 789,519  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 888,199  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

  $ 1,420,622  

114

   

Global Small Cap Fund

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

  $ 2,380  

Period Ended December 31, 2018

  $ 1,931  

* The increase in brokerage fees paid by the Small/Mid Cap Fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019 from the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 was the result of an increase in Fund assets.

 

** The increase in brokerage fees paid by the International Small Cap Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 from the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2019 was the result of changes in Fund assets.

Brokerage Recapture Arrangements

 

For certain Funds, the Trust may enter into arrangements with various brokers pursuant to which a portion of the commissions paid by the Funds may be directed by the Funds to pay expenses of the Funds. Consistent with its policy and principal objective of seeking best price and execution, the Subadviser may consider these brokerage recapture arrangements in selecting brokers to execute transactions for the Funds. There is no specific amount of brokerage that is required to be placed through such brokers. In all cases, brokerage recapture arrangements relate solely to expenses of the Funds and not to expenses of the Investment Manager or the Subadviser.

 

Affiliated Brokerage

Certain affiliates of Raymond James & Associates may be deemed to be affiliated persons of the Small Cap Growth Fund because of their record ownership of the Fund. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, the Fund paid brokerage commissions to such broker-dealer affiliates of $35,211, $44,499, and $17,591, respectively. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, 1.5% of the Fund’s aggregate brokerage commissions were paid to such broker-dealer affiliates. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, 1.13% of the Fund’s aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving the payment of brokerage commissions were effected through such broker-dealer affiliates.

 

Certain affiliates of Wells Fargo Company may be deemed to be affiliated persons of the Mid Cap Growth Fund because of their record ownership of the Fund. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, the Fund paid brokerage commissions to such broker-dealer affiliates of $32,339, $59,589, and $41,199, respectively. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, 2.87% of the Fund’s aggregate brokerage commissions were paid to such broker-dealer affiliates. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, 2.55% of the Fund’s aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving the payment of brokerage commissions were effected through such broker-dealer affiliates.

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

 

Purchasing Shares

 

Investors may open accounts directly with the Funds or through their financial planners or investment professionals, or directly with the Trust in circumstances as described in each Fund’s current Prospectus. Shares may also be purchased through bank trust departments on behalf of their clients and tax-exempt employee welfare, pension and profit-sharing plans. The Trust reserves the right to determine which customers and which purchase orders the Trust will accept.

 

115

 

The Investment Manager, the Subadviser, and/or the Distributor may pay compensation (out of their own funds and not as an expense of the Funds) to certain affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, or other financial intermediaries or service providers in connection with the sale or retention of Fund shares and/or shareholder servicing. This compensation may provide such affiliated or unaffiliated entities with an incentive to favor sales of shares of a Fund over other investment options. Any such payments will not change the NAV or the price of a Fund’s shares.

 

Certain investors may purchase or sell a Fund’s shares through a third party such as a bank, broker-dealer (including through a fund supermarket platform), trust company or other financial intermediary (each of the above, a “Financial Intermediary”) that may impose transaction fees or other charges in connection with this service. Shares purchased in this way may be treated as a single account for purposes of the minimum initial investment. Each Fund has authorized one or more Financial Intermediaries to (i) receive purchase and redemption orders on its behalf and (ii) designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Fund’s behalf. A Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized Financial Intermediary or an authorized Financial Intermediary’s authorized designee receives the order. These orders will be priced at a Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are so received by an authorized Financial Intermediary or such Financial Intermediary’s authorized designee and accepted by the Fund. The Funds may from time to time make payments to Financial Intermediaries for certain services, such as account maintenance, recordkeeping or sub-accounting, forwarding communications to shareholders, providing shareholders with account statements, transaction processing and customer liaison services. Investors who do not wish to receive the services of a Financial Intermediary may consider investing directly with the Trust. Shares held through a Financial Intermediary may be transferred into the investor’s name by contacting the Financial Intermediary or the Transfer Agent. Certain Financial Intermediaries may receive compensation from the Investment Manager, a Subadviser and/or the Distributor out of their legitimate profits in exchange for selling shares or for recordkeeping or other shareholder related services.

 

Purchase orders received by the Trust by 4:00 p.m. New York time at the address listed in the Funds’ current Prospectuses on any day that the NYSE is open for business will receive the NAV computed that day. Purchase orders received after 4:00 p.m. from certain processing organizations that have entered into contractual arrangements with the Fund(s) will also receive that day’s offering price, provided that the orders the processing organization transmits to the Fund(s) were received in proper form by the processing organization before 4:00 p.m. The broker-dealer, omnibus processor or investment professional is responsible for promptly transmitting orders to the Trust. Orders transmitted to the Trust at the address indicated in the applicable Prospectus will be promptly forwarded to the Transfer Agent.

 

Federal funds or bank wires used to pay for purchase orders must be in U.S. dollars and received in advance, except for certain processing organizations that have entered into contractual arrangements with the Trust. Purchases made by check are effected when the check is received, but are accepted subject to collection at full face value in U.S. funds and must be drawn in U.S. dollars on a U.S. bank.

 

To ensure that checks are collected by the Trust, if shares purchased by check or by Automated Clearing House funds (“ACH”) are sold before the check has cleared, the redemption proceeds will not be processed until the check has cleared. This may take up to 15 calendar days unless arrangements are made with the Investment Manager. However, during this 15 calendar day period, such shareholder may exchange such shares into any series of the Trust, AMG Funds I, AMG Funds II, AMG Funds III or AMG Funds IV, subject to applicable restrictions such as minimum investment amounts. The 15 calendar day holding period for redemptions would still apply to shares received through such exchanges.

 

116

 

If the check accompanying any purchase order does not clear, or if there are insufficient funds in your bank account, the transaction will be canceled and you will be responsible for any loss the Trust incurs. For current shareholders, the Trust can redeem shares from any identically registered account in the Trust as reimbursement for any loss incurred. The Trust has the right to prohibit or restrict all future purchases in the Trust in the event of any nonpayment for shares. The Funds and the Distributor reserve the right to reject any order for the purchase of shares in whole or in part. The Trust reserves the right to cancel any purchase order for which payment has not been received by the third business day following placement of the order.

 

In the interest of economy and convenience, share certificates will not be issued. All share purchases are confirmed to the record holder and credited to such holder’s account on the Trust’s books maintained by the Transfer Agent.

 

Redeeming Shares

 

Any redemption orders received in proper form by the Trust before 4:00 p.m. New York time on any day that the NYSE is open for business will receive the NAV determined at the close of regular business of the NYSE on that day. Redemption orders received after 4:00 p.m. from certain processing organizations that have entered into contractual arrangements with the Funds will also be redeemed at the NAV computed that day, provided that the orders the processing organization transmits to a Fund were received in proper form by the processing organization before 4:00 p.m.

 

Redemption orders received after 4:00 p.m. New York time will be redeemed at the NAV determined at the close of trading on the next business day. Redemption orders transmitted to the Trust at the address indicated in each Fund’s current Prospectus will be promptly forwarded to the Transfer Agent. If you are trading through a broker-dealer or investment adviser, such investment professional is responsible for promptly transmitting orders. The Trust reserves the right to redeem a shareholder account if its value (i) falls below $500 for Class N shares, $25,000 for Class I shares or $50,000 for Class Z shares due to redemptions the shareholder makes; or (ii) is below $100, but, in each case, not until after the Fund gives the shareholder at least 60 days’ notice and the opportunity to increase the account balance to the minimum account balance amount. Whether the Trust will exercise its right to redeem shareholder accounts will be determined by the Investment Manager on a case-by-case basis.

A Fund may pay all or a portion of redemption proceeds with a distribution in kind of its portfolio securities, in lieu of cash, in conformity with applicable law, when such payment is in the best interest of the Fund. If shares are redeemed in kind, the redeeming shareholder might incur transaction costs in converting the assets to cash and the assets will be subject to market and other risks until they are sold. The method of valuing portfolio securities is described under “Net Asset Value” below, and such valuation will be made as of the same time the redemption price is determined.

Investors should be aware that redemptions from a Fund may not be processed if a redemption request is not submitted in proper form. To be in proper form, the request must include the shareholder’s taxpayer identification number, account number, Fund number and signatures of all account holders. All redemptions will be mailed to the address of record on the shareholder’s account. In addition, if shares purchased by check or ACH are sold before the check has cleared, the redemption proceeds will not be sent to the shareholder until the check has cleared. This may take up to 15 calendar days unless arrangements are made with the Investment Manager. The Trust reserves the right to suspend the right of redemption and to postpone the date of payment upon redemption beyond seven days as follows: (i) during periods when the NYSE is closed for business other than weekends and holidays or when trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC by rule or regulation, (ii) during periods in which an emergency, as determined by the SEC, exists that causes disposal by a Fund of, or evaluation of the NAV of, portfolio securities to be unreasonable or impracticable, or (iii) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

 

117

 

A Fund or the Transfer Agent may temporarily delay for more than seven days the disbursement of redemption proceeds from the account of a “Specified Adult” (as that term is defined in FINRA Rule 2165) based on a reasonable belief that financial exploitation of the Specified Adult has occurred, is occurring, has been attempted, or will be attempted, subject to certain conditions.

 

Exchange of Shares

 

As described in each Fund’s Prospectus, an investor may exchange shares of a Fund for shares of the same class of other funds in the Trust or for shares of other funds managed by the Investment Manager, subject to the applicable investment minimum. Not all funds managed by the Investment Manager offer all classes of shares or are open to new investors. In addition to exchanging into other funds managed by the Investment Manager as described above, an investor also may exchange shares of the Funds through the Investment Manager for shares in the Agency share class of the JPMorgan Fund (see below for more information about the JPMorgan Fund). Because an exchange is the sale of shares of the Fund exchanged out of and the purchase of shares of the fund exchanged into, the usual purchase and redemption procedures, requirements and restrictions apply to each exchange. The value of the shares exchanged must meet the minimum purchase requirement of the fund and class for which you are exchanging them, except that there is no minimum purchase requirement to exchange into the JPMorgan Fund if you exchange out of the Fund through the Investment Manager. Investors may exchange only into accounts that are registered in the same name with the same address and taxpayer identification number. In addition, an investor who intends to continue to maintain an account in a Fund may make an exchange out of that Fund only if following the exchange the investor would continue to meet the Fund’s minimum investment amount. Settlement on the purchase of shares of another fund will occur when the proceeds from the redemption become available. Shareholders subject to U.S. federal income tax may recognize capital gains or losses on the exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Trust reserves the right to discontinue, alter or limit the exchange privilege at any time, subject to applicable law. Holding your shares through a financial intermediary, such as a broker, may affect your ability to use the exchange privilege or other investor services.

 

The JPMorgan Fund is advised, offered and distributed by JPMorgan Asset Management and its affiliates, but an investor may place an exchange order in the same manner as the investor places other exchange orders and as described in each Fund’s Prospectus, subject to the restrictions above. The Investment Manager has entered into a Service Agreement and Supplemental Payment Agreement with the JPMorgan Fund’s distributor and investment adviser, respectively, that provide for a cash payment to the Investment Manager with respect to the average daily NAV of the total number of shares of the JPMorgan Fund held by customers investing through the Investment Manager.  This cash payment compensates the Investment Manager for providing, directly or through an agent, administrative, sub-transfer agent and other shareholder services, and not investment advisory or distribution related services.

 

Cost Basis Reporting

 

Upon the sale, redemption or exchange of a Fund’s shares, the Fund or, in the case of shares purchased through a financial intermediary, the financial intermediary may be required to provide you and the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with cost basis and certain other related tax information about the Fund’s shares you redeemed or exchanged. See each Fund’s current Prospectus for more information.

 

118

 

Net Asset Value

 

Each Fund computes its NAV for each class of shares once daily on Monday through Friday on each day on which the NYSE is open for trading, at the close of business of the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m. New York time. The NAV will not be computed on the day the following legal holidays are observed: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Funds may close for purchases and redemptions at such other times as may be determined by the Board of Trustees to the extent permitted by applicable law. The time at which orders are accepted and shares are redeemed may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 4:00 p.m. New York time.

The NAV per share of each class of a Fund is equal to the value of the class’s net worth (assets minus liabilities) divided by the number of shares outstanding for that class. Equity securities traded on a national securities exchange or reported on the NASDAQ national market system (“NMS”) are valued at the last quoted sales price on the primary exchange or, if applicable, the NASDAQ official closing price or the official closing price of the relevant exchange or, lacking any sales, at the last quoted bid price or the mean between the last quoted bid and ask prices (the “exchange mean price”). Equity securities traded in the OTC market (other than NMS securities) are valued at the exchange mean price. Foreign equity securities (securities principally traded in markets other than U.S. markets) are valued at the official closing price on the primary exchange or, for markets that either do not offer an official closing price or where the official closing price may not be representative of the overall market, the last quoted sale price as of the close of the regular trading hours of the primary market or the value obtained for the security in accordance with the Trust’s procedures for fair valuation of foreign securities. In addition, if a foreign exchange or market is closed on a day when the NYSE is open, the value of a security that is traded in the affected foreign exchange or market is the value obtained for the security in accordance with the Trust’s procedures for fair valuation of foreign securities, if available, or the last value assigned to the security on the immediately preceding valuation date (unless such value is deemed to be unreliable). Unless a foreign equity security is valued in accordance with the Trust’s procedures for fair valuation of foreign securities, a foreign equity security for which there are no reported sales on the valuation date may be valued at the last quoted bid price or the exchange mean price. Fixed-income securities purchased with a remaining maturity exceeding 60 days are valued at the mean between the evaluated bid and ask prices (the “evaluated mean price”) or evaluated bid price provided by an authorized pricing service or, if an evaluated price is not available, by reference to other securities which are considered comparable in credit rating, interest rate, due date and other features (generally referred to as “matrix pricing”) or other similar pricing methodologies. In addition, foreign fixed-income securities purchased with a remaining maturity exceeding 60 days may be valued in accordance with the Trust’s procedures for fair valuation of foreign securities. Fixed-income securities purchased with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, provided that the amortized cost value is approximately the same as the fair value of the security valued without the use of amortized cost. With respect to foreign equity securities and foreign fixed-income securities, the Board has adopted a policy that securities held in a Fund that can be fair valued by the applicable fair value pricing service are fair valued on each business day provided that each individual price exceeds a pre-established confidence level. Notwithstanding the foregoing, foreign currency exchange contracts, subscription stock rights and other redeemable securities with predetermined values, shares of open-end registered investment companies (excluding ETFs), foreign currencies, IPOs, financial derivatives, and securities halted or delisted due to a corporate action will be valued in accordance with each Fund’s valuation procedures adopted from time to time. The Funds’ portfolio instruments are generally valued using independent pricing services approved by the Board. In the event that the market quotation, price or market based valuation for a portfolio instrument is not readily available or otherwise not determinable pursuant to the Board’s valuation procedures, if the Investment Manager believes the quotation, price or market based valuation to be unreliable, or in certain other circumstances, the portfolio instrument may be valued at fair value, as determined in good faith and pursuant to procedures established by and under the general supervision of the Board. All portfolio instrument valuations described above on a valuation date shall be valuations of such instruments as of or prior to the close of business of the NYSE.

119

 

Frequent Purchase and Redemption Arrangements

 

The Trust does not have any arrangements with any person to permit frequent purchases and redemptions of a Fund’s shares, and no compensation or other consideration is received by a Fund, the Investment Manager or any other party in this regard.

 

Dividends and Distributions

 

Each Fund declares and pays dividends and distributions as described in its Prospectus.

 

If a shareholder has elected to receive dividends and/or distributions in cash and the postal or other delivery service is unable to deliver the checks to the shareholder’s address of record, the dividends and/or distributions will automatically be converted to having the dividends and/or distributions reinvested in additional shares. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed dividend or redemption checks.

 

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

 

The following summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations is intended for general informational purposes only. This discussion is not tax advice. This discussion does not address all aspects of taxation (including state, local, and foreign taxes) that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their own investment or tax circumstances, or to particular types of shareholders (including insurance companies, tax-advantaged retirement plans, financial institutions or broker-dealers, foreign corporations, and persons who are not citizens or residents of the United States) subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws. This summary is based on the Code, the regulations thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, in effect as of the date of this SAI. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

YOU ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND IN LIGHT OF YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES. THIS DISCUSSION IS NOT INTENDED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING.

 

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of the Funds—in General

Each Fund has elected (or intends to elect) to be treated and intends to qualify and to be eligible to be treated each taxable year as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify as such and to be so treated, each Fund must, among other things:

 

(a)      derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (ii) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below) (all such income, “Qualifying Income”);

 

120

 

(b)     invest the Fund’s assets in such a manner that, as of the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer (except with regard to certain investment companies furnishing capital to development corporations) to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, in (x) the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, or two or more issuers each of which the Fund owns 20% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or (y) the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below); and

(c)      distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally, taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and net tax-exempt interest income, for such year.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in paragraph (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as Qualifying Income to a Fund only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be Qualifying Income if realized by the Fund. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that derives less than 90% of its income from the Qualifying Income described in paragraph (a)(i) above) will be treated as Qualifying Income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Section 7704(c)(2) of the Code. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. For purposes of the diversification test in paragraph (b) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. Also, for purposes of the diversification test in paragraph (b) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular Fund investment will depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect a Fund’s ability to meet the diversification test in paragraph (b) above.

 

Gains from foreign currencies (including foreign currency options, foreign currency futures and foreign currency forward contracts) currently constitute Qualifying Income for purposes of the 90% test. However, the Treasury Department has the authority to issue regulations (possibly retroactively) excluding from the definition of Qualifying Income a Fund’s foreign currency gains to the extent that such income is not directly related to the Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. This could affect the qualification of a Fund as a regulated investment company.

 

If a Fund qualifies for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and net capital gain (net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses, in each case determined with reference to capital losses carried forward from prior years), if any, that it distributes in a timely manner to shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below).

 

121

 

If a Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification or distribution tests described above, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions or disposing of certain assets. If a Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any taxable year, or if a Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company for such taxable year, it would lose the beneficial tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies under Subchapter M of the Code and all of its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. All distributions by such a Fund, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income, if any, and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders in the same manner as other regular corporate dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Some portions of such distributions might be eligible for treatment as “qualified dividend income” for individuals and for the “dividends-received deduction” for corporate shareholders, in each case as described below. A Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

 

If a Fund were to fail to distribute in a calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year (or November 30 or December 31 of that year if the Fund is permitted to elect and so elects), plus any such amounts retained from the prior year, the Fund would be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a Fund’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 of a calendar year (or November 30 of that year, if the Fund is eligible to make and makes the election described above) generally are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year; in the case of a Fund with a December 31 year end that is eligible to make and makes the election described above, no such gains or losses will be so treated. Also, for these purposes, a Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to corporate income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. A dividend paid by a Fund to shareholders in January of a year generally is deemed to have been paid by such a Fund on December 31 of the preceding year, if the dividend was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November, or December of that preceding year. Each Fund intends generally to make sufficient distributions to avoid the imposition of this 4% excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.

 

In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend (as defined below), its taxable income, and its earnings and profits, a regulated investment company generally may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after October 31, or, if there is no such loss, the net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to any such portion of the taxable year) or late-year ordinary loss (generally, the sum of its (i) net ordinary loss, if any, from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after October 31, and (ii) other net ordinary loss attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.

Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against a Fund’s net investment income. Instead, potentially subject to certain limitations, a Fund may carry net capital losses from any taxable year forward to subsequent taxable years to offset capital gains, if any, realized during such subsequent taxable years. Distributions from capital gains are generally made after applying any available capital loss carryforwards. Capital loss carryforwards are reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether a Fund retains or distributes such gains. If a Fund incurs or has incurred net capital losses, those losses will be carried forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration to offset capital gains realized during such subsequent taxable years; any such carryforward losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term. A Fund must apply such carryforwards first against gains of the same character.

122

 

Taxation of the Funds’ Investments

Certain Debt Obligations; Original Issue Discount; Market Discount. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) will be treated as having original issue discount (“OID”). OID is, very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity of a debt obligation over the issue price. OID is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as interest income earned by a Fund, which will comprise a part of the Fund’s investment company taxable income or net tax-exempt income, if any, required to be distributed to shareholders as described above, whether or not cash on the debt obligation is actually received. Generally, the amount of OID accrued each year is determined on the basis of a constant yield to maturity which takes into account the compounding of interest (as potentially reduced by any amortizable bond premium—see below).

 

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by a Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having “market discount.” Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”) over the purchase price of such obligation. Subject to the discussion below regarding Section 451 of the Code, (i) generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt obligation having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt obligation, (ii) alternatively, a Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently, in which case the Fund will be required to include the accrued market discount in the Fund’s income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt obligation, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt obligation, and (iii) the rate at which the market discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for taxable years beginning after 2017, Section 451 of the Code generally requires any accrual method taxpayer to take into account items of gross income no later than the time at which such items are taken into account as revenue in the taxpayer's financial statements. The Treasury and IRS have issued proposed regulations providing that this rule does not apply to the accrual of market discount. If this rule were to apply to the accrual of market discount, a Fund would be required to include in income any market discount as it takes the same into account on its financial statements.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance may be treated as having OID or, in certain cases, “acquisition discount” (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). Generally, a Fund will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt obligation, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt obligation. A Fund may make one or more of the elections applicable to debt obligations having acquisition discount or OID, which could affect the character and timing of recognition of income.

 

Pay-in-kind bonds also will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though a Fund holding the obligation receives no interest payment in cash on the obligation during the year.

 

123

 

If a Fund holds the foregoing kinds of obligations, or other obligations subject to special rules under the Code, it may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of a Fund or, if necessary, by selling of portfolio obligations including at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so. These dispositions may cause a Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates) and, in the event a Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger Capital Gain Dividend (see “Federal Income Taxation of Shareholders” below) than if a Fund had not held such obligations.

Securities Issued or Purchased at a Premium. Very generally, where a Fund purchases a bond at a price that exceeds the stated principal amount (or revised issue price)—that is, at a premium—the premium is amortizable over the remaining term of the bond. In the case of a taxable bond, if a Fund makes an election applicable to all such bonds it purchases, which election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS, the Fund reduces the current taxable income from the bond by the amortizable premium and reduces its tax basis in the bond (or the upward basis adjustment attributable to any OID) by the amount of such offset; upon the disposition or maturity of such bonds acquired on or after January 4, 2013, the Fund is permitted to deduct, against stated interest from other bonds, any remaining premium allocable to a prior period. In the case of a tax-exempt bond, tax rules require a Fund to reduce its tax basis by the amount of amortizable premium.

Junk Bonds. To the extent such investments are permissible, each Fund, and in particular the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, may invest in debt obligations that are in the lowest rating categories or are unrated, including debt obligations of issuers not currently paying interest or who are in default. If a Fund invests in high-yield OID obligations issued by corporations (including tax-exempt obligations), a portion of the OID accruing on the obligation may be treated as taxable dividend income. In such cases, if the issuer of the high-yield discount obligation is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund attributable to such portion of accrued OID may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.

 

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for a Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether or to what extent a Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount, when and to what extent a Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by each Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its eligibility for treatment as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

 

Issuer Deductibility of Interest. A portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high-yield discount obligations owned by a Fund may not be deductible to (and thus, may affect the cash flow of) the issuer and will instead be treated as a dividend paid by the issuer for purposes of the dividends-received deduction (described below). In such cases, if the issuer of the high-yield discount obligations is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund may be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction (described below) to the extent attributable to the deemed dividend portion of such accrued interest.

 

      REITs. Any investment by a Fund in equity securities of REITs qualifying as real estate investment trusts under Subchapter M of the Code may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by a Fund from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income (see “Federal Income Taxation of Shareholders,” below).

 

124

 

Pursuant to proposed regulations on which the Funds may rely, distributions by a Fund to its shareholders that the Fund properly reports as “section 199A dividends,” as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, are treated as qualified REIT dividends in the hands of non-corporate shareholders. Non-corporate shareholders are permitted a federal income tax deduction equal to 20% of qualified REIT dividends received by them, subject to certain limitations. Very generally, a “section 199A dividend” is any dividend or portion thereof that is attributable to certain dividends received by a regulated investment company from REITs, to the extent such dividends are properly reported as such by the regulated investment company in a written notice to its shareholders. A section 199A dividend is treated as a qualified REIT dividend only if the shareholder receiving such dividend holds the dividend-paying regulated investment company shares for at least 46 days of the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the shares become ex-dividend, and is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to a position in substantially similar or related property. A Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as section 199A dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so.

 

Mortgage-Related Securities. Certain of the Funds may invest directly or indirectly (e.g. through REITs) in residual interests in REMICs, including by investing in residual interests in CMOs with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect, or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued, but may apply retroactively, a portion of a Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a Fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, a Fund investing in such interests may not be a suitable investment for charitable remainder trusts (see “Tax-Exempt Shareholders” below).

 

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. A shareholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such inclusions notwithstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code.

 

Options, Futures, Foreign Currencies, Forward Contracts, Swap Agreements, and Other Derivatives. A Fund’s use of options contracts, futures contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, swap agreements and other derivatives, if any, may cause the Fund to recognize taxable income in excess of the cash generated by such instruments. As a result, a Fund could be required at times to sell other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements under the Code. A Fund’s use of derivatives might also affect the amount, timing, or character of a Fund’s distributions. The character of a Fund’s taxable income will, in some cases, be determined on the basis of reports made to the Fund by the issuers of the securities in which they invest. In addition, because the tax rules applicable to such investments may be uncertain under current U.S. federal income tax law, an adverse determination or future IRS guidance with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect

 

125

 

whether a Fund has derived its income from the proper sources, made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification and eligibility for treatment as a regulated investment company and avoid a Fund-level tax.

 

Certain of a Fund’s investments may be subject to provisions of the Code that (i) require inclusion of unrealized gains in the Fund’s income for purposes of the excise tax and the distribution requirements applicable to regulated investment companies; (ii) defer recognition of realized losses; (iii) cause adjustments in the holding periods of portfolio securities; (iv) convert capital gains into ordinary income; (v) characterize both realized and unrealized gains or losses as short-term or long-term, irrespective of the holding period of the investment; and (vi) require inclusion of unrealized gains or losses in the Fund’s income for purposes of determining whether 90% of the Fund’s gross income is Qualifying Income. Such provisions may apply to, among other investments, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, options on securities, options on security indices, forward contracts, swaps, credit default swaps, short sales, securities loans or other similar transactions, and foreign securities. Each Fund will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections available to it in order to mitigate the impact of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company.

 

In general, option premiums received by a Fund are not immediately included in the income of the Fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If a call option written by a Fund is exercised and the Fund sells or delivers the underlying stock, the Fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) the sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the Fund minus (b) the Fund’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received for purposes of computing its cost basis in the securities purchased. Gain or loss arising in respect of a termination of a Fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the Fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund, if any, in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

 

The tax treatment of certain positions entered into by a Fund (including regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency positions and certain listed non-equity options) will be governed by Section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered to be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character (See “Foreign Currency Transactions and Hedging” below). Also, section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable.

 

The timing and character of income and losses arising in respect of swap contracts are, in many instances, unclear. In addition, the tax treatment of a payment made or received on a swap contract held by a Fund, and in particular, whether such payment is, in whole or in part, capital or ordinary in character, will vary depending upon the terms of the particular swap contract.

 

Transactions in options, futures and forward contracts, and swaps undertaken by a Fund may result in “straddles” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may affect the character of gains (or losses) realized by a Fund, and losses realized by a Fund on positions that are part of a straddle

 

126

 

may be deferred under the straddle rules, rather than being taken into account in calculating the taxable income for the taxable year in which the losses are realized. In addition, certain carrying charges (including interest expenses) associated with positions in a straddle may be required to be capitalized rather than deducted currently. Certain elections that a Fund may make with respect to its straddle positions may also affect the amount, character, and timing of the recognition of gains or losses from the affected positions.

 

The straddle rules may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by a Fund, which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to shareholders. Because application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses, defer losses and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to a fund that did not engage in such transactions. The consequences to the Funds of certain transactions under the straddle rules remain unclear.

 

Foreign Currency Transactions and Hedging. Any transaction by a Fund in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations or certain foreign currency options, futures contracts or forward contracts (or similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Any such net gains could require a larger dividend toward the end of the calendar year. Any such net losses will generally reduce and potentially require the recharacterization of prior ordinary income distributions. Such ordinary income treatment may accelerate Fund distributions to shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to shareholders as ordinary income. Any net ordinary losses so created cannot be carried forward by the Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent taxable years. However, in certain circumstances, a Fund may elect to treat gains or losses from certain foreign currency positions as capital gains or losses.

 

Book-Tax Differences. Certain of a Fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and any of a Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between the Fund’s book income and the sum of the Fund’s taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any). If such a difference arises, and a Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income (including realized capital gains) and net tax-exempt income (if any) the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. In the alternative, if a Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

 

Repurchase Agreements and Securities Loans. Any distribution of income that is attributable to (i) income received by a Fund in lieu of dividends with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction or (ii) dividend income received by a Fund on securities it temporarily purchased from a counterparty pursuant to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a loan by the Fund, will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders, in each case as described below. In addition, withholding taxes accrued on dividends during the period that such security was not directly held by a Fund will not qualify as a foreign tax paid by the Fund and therefore cannot be passed through to shareholders even if the Fund were otherwise to meet the requirements described in “Foreign Taxes,” below.

 

127

 

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. Under the Code, investments in certain foreign investment companies that qualify as “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) are subject to special tax rules. A PFIC is any foreign corporation in which (i) 75% or more of the gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) the average percentage of the assets (generally by value, but by adjusted tax basis in certain cases) that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%. Generally, “passive income” for this purpose means dividends, interest (including income equivalent to interest), royalties, rents, annuities, the excess of gains over losses from certain property transactions and commodities transactions, and foreign currency gains. Passive income for this purpose does not include rents and royalties received by the foreign corporation from active business and certain income received from related persons.

 

Equity investments by a Fund in certain PFICs could subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax or other charge (including interest charges) on distributions received from the PFIC or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the PFIC, which tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to that Fund’s shareholders. However, in certain circumstances, a Fund may avoid this tax treatment by electing to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (i.e., make a “QEF” election), in which case the Fund will be required to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC. Alternatively, a Fund may elect to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in its PFIC holdings “to the market” as though it had sold (and repurchased) its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may have the effect of accelerating the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increasing the amount required to be distributed for the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require a Fund to sell other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return. If a Fund indirectly invests in PFICs by virtue of the Fund’s investment in underlying U.S. funds, it may not make such elections; rather, the underlying U.S. funds directly investing in PFICs would decide whether to make such elections. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.” See “Federal Income Taxation of Shareholders,” below.

 

Investments in Other RICs. A Fund’s investments in shares of other mutual funds, ETFs or other companies that are treated as regulated investment companies (each, an “underlying RIC”), as well as certain investments in REITs, can cause the Fund to be required to distribute greater amounts of net investment income or net capital gain than the Fund would have distributed had it invested directly in the securities held by the underlying RIC, rather than in shares of the underlying RIC. Further, the amount or timing of distributions from a Fund qualifying for treatment as a particular character (e.g., long-term capital gain, exempt interest, eligibility for dividends-received deduction, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the underlying RIC.

 

If a Fund receives dividends from an underlying RIC, and the underlying RIC reports such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” then the Fund is permitted in turn to report a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying RIC.

 

If a Fund receives dividends from an underlying RIC and the underlying RIC reports such dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to report its distributions derived from those dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction as well, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying RIC. Qualified dividend income and the dividends-received deduction are described below.

 

128

 

Taxation of Certain Investments. Including as described above, certain of each Fund’s investments will create taxable income in excess of the cash they generate. In such cases, a Fund may be required to sell assets (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to generate the cash necessary to distribute to its shareholders all of its income and gains and therefore to eliminate any tax liability at the Fund level. These dispositions may cause a Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates) and, in the event the Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger Capital Gain Dividend (as defined below) than if the Fund had not held such investments. The character of a Fund’s taxable income will, in many cases, be determined on the basis of reports made to the Fund by the issuers of the securities in which they invest. The tax treatment of certain securities in which the Funds may invest is not free from doubt and it is possible that an IRS examination of the issuers of such securities could result in adjustments to the income of each Fund.

Foreign Taxes. Income, proceeds and gains received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. This will decrease a Fund’s yield on securities subject to such taxes. Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance because the amount of a Fund’s assets to be invested within various countries is not known. If more than 50% of a Fund’s assets at the end of its taxable year consists of the securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect to permit shareholders to claim a credit or deduction on their U.S. federal income tax returns for their pro rata portions of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities that the Fund has held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code. In such a case, shareholders will include in gross income from foreign sources their pro rata shares of such taxes paid by the Fund. A shareholder’s ability to claim an offsetting foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of foreign taxes paid by the Fund is subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code, which may result in the shareholder’s not receiving a full credit or deduction (if any) for the amount of such taxes. Shareholders who do not itemize deductions on their U.S. federal income tax returns may claim a credit (but not a deduction) for such foreign taxes. Shareholders that are not subject to U.S. federal income tax, and those who invest in a Fund through tax-advantaged accounts (including those who invest through individual retirement accounts or other tax-advantaged retirement plans), generally will receive no benefit from any tax credit or deduction passed through by the Fund.

If a Fund is not eligible to or does not make the above election, the Fund’s taxable income will be reduced by the foreign taxes paid or withheld, and shareholders will not be entitled separately to claim a credit or deduction with respect to such taxes. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the treatment of foreign source income and foreign taxes under the U.S. federal income tax laws.

 

129

 

Federal Income Taxation of Shareholders

 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income other than exempt-interest dividends (defined below) are generally taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long a Fund owned or is considered to have owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder may have owned shares in such Fund. In general, a Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to loss carryforwards) that are properly reported by a Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains includible in net capital gain and taxed to individuals at reduced rates relative to ordinary income. Distributions from capital gains are generally made after applying any available capital loss carryforwards. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

 

The Code generally imposes a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, trusts and estates to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. For these purposes, “net investment income” generally includes, among other things, (i) distributions paid by a Fund of net investment income and capital gains as described above, and (ii) any net gain from the sale, redemption, exchange, or other taxable disposition of Fund shares. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in a Fund.

 

Each Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and its net tax-exempt income, if any, and may distribute its net capital gain. Taxable income that is retained by a Fund will be subject to tax at the Fund level at regular corporate rates. Each Fund may also retain for investment its net capital gain. If a Fund retains any net capital gain, it will be subject to tax at the Fund level at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a timely notice to its shareholders who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds on a properly filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If a Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. A Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance a Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.

 

Distributions are taxable to shareholders as described herein whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares through a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

Distributions by a Fund will result in a reduction in the fair market value of such Fund’s shares. A distribution may be taxable to the shareholder, even though, from an investment standpoint, it may constitute a partial return of capital. In particular, a shareholder that purchases shares of a Fund just prior to a taxable distribution will then receive a return of investment upon distribution which may nevertheless be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income or capital gain.

 

130

 

“Qualified dividend income” received by an individual will be taxed at the reduced rates applicable to net capital gain. In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be qualified dividend income, the Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares.

 

In general, a dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (i) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (ii) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (iii) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (iv) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a PFIC. Distributions received by a Fund from REITs generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.

 

In general, distributions of investment income reported by a Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a shareholder taxed as an individual provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s shares. If the aggregate qualified dividend income received by a Fund during any taxable year is 95% or more of its “gross income,” then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than Capital Gain Dividends) will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. For this purpose, the only capital gain included in the term “gross income” is the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss. The Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund and Municipal Bond Fund do not expect a significant portion of their distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.

 

A portion of the dividends paid by the Funds to shareholders that are corporations (other than S corporations) may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction (subject to a holding period requirement imposed by the Code) to the extent such dividends are derived from dividends received from U.S. corporations. However, any distributions received by a Fund from PFICs and REITs will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. A dividend received by a Fund will not be treated as a dividend eligible for the dividends-received deduction (i) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (ii) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends-received deduction may otherwise be disallowed or reduced (i) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or (ii) by application of various provisions of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)). The Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund and Municipal Bond Fund do not expect a significant portion of their distributions to be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

 

The Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund intends to pay dividends that pass through to shareholders the tax-exempt character of exempt interest earned by the Fund for U.S. federal income tax purposes (“exempt-interest dividends”). A Fund is eligible to pay exempt-interest dividends only for taxable years

 

131

 

in which, at the end of each quarter, at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of securities generating interest that is exempt from U.S. federal income tax under Section 103(a) of the Code. The Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund intends to satisfy this requirement. Fund distributions reported as exempt-interest dividends are not generally taxable to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but they may be subject to state and local taxes. In addition, an investment in the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund may result in liability for U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, both for individual and corporate shareholders. For example, if the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund invests in “private activity bonds,” certain shareholders may become subject to alternative minimum tax on the part of the Fund’s distributions derived from interest on such bonds. Further, exempt-interest dividends paid by a Fund to a corporate shareholder are, with very limited exceptions, included in the shareholder’s “adjusted current earnings” as part of its U.S. federal alternative minimum tax calculation. Individual and corporate shareholders subject to the alternative minimum tax should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential alternative minimum tax implications of holding shares of the Fund. The Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund may invest up to 50% of its net assets in bonds that generate income potentially subject to the alternative minimum tax. Interest on indebtedness incurred by a shareholder to purchase or carry shares of a Fund is not deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes in proportion to the percentage that the Fund’s distributions of exempt-interest dividends bears to all of the Fund’s distributions, excluding Capital Gain Dividends. A shareholder who receives Social Security or railroad retirement benefits should consult his or her tax adviser to determine what effect, if any, an investment in the Fund may have on the U.S. federal taxation of such benefits. Exempt-interest dividends are generally included in income for purposes of determining the amount of benefits that are taxable.

 

The ultimate tax characterization of a Fund’s distributions made in a taxable year cannot be determined until after the end of that taxable year. As a result, there is a possibility that a Fund may make total distributions during a taxable year in an amount that exceeds the net investment income and net capital gains the Fund realizes that year, in which case the excess generally will be treated as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in such Fund’s shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of such shares. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in its Fund shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on the subsequent taxable disposition by a shareholder of those shares.

As required by federal law, detailed federal tax information with respect to each calendar year will be furnished to each shareholder early in the succeeding year.

 

Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Shares

 

The sale, exchange, or redemption of shares of a Fund may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Fund shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares held by a shareholder for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to those shares. Further, all or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares of a Fund will be disallowed under the Code’s “wash sale” rule if other substantially identical shares of such Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. If shares of the Municipal Bond Fund or the Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund are sold at a loss after being held for six months or less, the loss will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received on those shares.

 

132

 

Upon the sale, exchange or redemption of shares of a Fund, the Fund or, in the case of shares purchased through a financial intermediary, the financial intermediary, may be required to provide a shareholder and the IRS with cost basis and certain other related tax information about the Fund shares the shareholder sold, exchanged or redeemed. See the Funds’ Prospectuses for more information.

 

Backup Withholding

 

Each Fund generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and redemption proceeds paid to any individual shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to such Fund that he or she is not subject to such withholding.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS.

 

Tax-Exempt Shareholders 

 

Income of a regulated investment company, such as a Fund, that would be UBTI if earned directly by a tax-exempt entity will not generally be attributed as UBTI to a tax-exempt shareholder of the Fund. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Section 514(b) of the Code. A tax-exempt shareholder may also recognize UBTI if a Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs, as described above, if the amount of such income recognized by the Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund).

 

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in regulated investment companies that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT (as defined in Section 664 of the Code) that realizes UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October of 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI as a result of investing in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income.” Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, a Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other disqualified organization shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. CRTs and other tax-exempt investors are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in a Fund.

 

Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the suitability of shares of a Fund as an investment through such plans.

 

133

 

Foreign Shareholders

 

Distributions by a Fund to shareholders that are not “U.S. persons” within the meaning of the Code (“foreign shareholders”) properly reported by the Fund as (1) Capital Gain Dividends, (2) short-term capital gain dividends, and (3) interest-related dividends, each as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, generally are not subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax.

 

In general, the Code defines (1) “short-term capital gain dividends” as distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses and (2) “interest-related dividends” as distributions from U.S.-source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, in each case to the extent such distributions are properly reported as such by a Fund in a written notice to shareholders. The exceptions to withholding for Capital Gain Dividends and short-term capital gain dividends do not apply to (A) distributions to an individual foreign shareholder who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (B) distributions attributable to gain that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States under special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests as described below. The exception to withholding for interest-related dividends does not apply to distributions to a foreign shareholder (A) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (B) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (C) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (D) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation. If a Fund invests in a regulated investment company that pays Capital Gain Dividends, short-term capital gain dividends or interest-related dividends to the Fund, such distributions retain their character as not subject to withholding if properly reported when paid by the Fund to foreign shareholders. A Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as interest-related and/or short-term capital gain dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if a Fund reports all or a portion of a payment as an interest-related or short-term capital gain dividend to shareholders.

 

Distributions by a Fund to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends, short-term capital gain dividends, and interest-related dividends (e.g. dividends attributable to foreign-source dividend and interest income or to short-term capital gains or U.S. source interest income to which the exception from withholding described above does not apply) are generally subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate).

 

Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.     

 

A foreign shareholder is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of a Fund unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States, (ii) in the case of a foreign shareholder that is an individual, the shareholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of “U.S. real property interests” (“USRPIs”) apply to the foreign shareholder’s sale of shares of the Fund (as described below).

 

Special rules would apply if a Fund were a qualified investment entity (“QIE”) because it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions to the definition of USRPIs described below. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United

 

134

States, and other trade or business assets. USRPIs are generally defined as any interest in U.S. real property and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a USRPHC or, very generally, an entity that has been a USRPHC in the last five years. A RIC that holds, directly or indirectly, significant interests in REITS may be a USRPHC. Interests in domestically controlled QIEs, including REITs and regulated investment companies that are QIEs, not-greater-than- 10% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in regulated investment companies generally are not USRPIs, but these exceptions do not apply for purposes of determining whether a Fund is a QIE. If an interest in a Fund were a USRPI, the Fund would be required to withhold U.S. tax on the proceeds of a share redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, in which case such foreign shareholder generally would also be required to file U.S. tax returns and pay any additional taxes due in connection with the redemption.

If a Fund were a QIE, under a special “look through” rule, any distributions by the Fund to a foreign shareholder (including, in certain cases, distributions made by the Fund in redemption of its shares) attributable directly or indirectly to (i) distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier regulated investment company or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands and (ii) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund would retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders and would be subject to U.S. tax withholding. In addition, such distributions could result in the foreign shareholder being required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a foreign shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (e.g., as ordinary income or USRPI gain), would vary depending upon the extent of the foreign shareholder’s current and past ownership of a Fund.

 

Foreign shareholders of a Fund also may be subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the tax-filing and -payment obligations discussed above through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares.

 

Each Fund generally does not expect that it will be a QIE.

 

Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisors and, if holding shares through intermediaries, their intermediaries, concerning the application of these rules to their investment in a Fund.

 

Foreign shareholders with respect to whom income from a Fund is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder within the United States will in general be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the income derived from the Fund at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in shares of the Fund and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax. If a foreign shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the United States. More generally, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results than those described herein, and are urged to consult their tax advisors.

 

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

 

Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss on disposition of a Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current

 

135

 

guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

Shareholder Reporting Obligations With Respect to Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts 

 

Shareholders that are U.S. persons and own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of a Fund by vote or value could be required to report annually their “financial interest” in the Fund’s “foreign financial accounts,” if any, on FinCEN Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (“FBAR”). Shareholders should consult a tax adviser regarding the applicability to them of this reporting requirement.

 

Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements 

 

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury regulations and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “FATCA”) generally require a Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an “IGA”) between the United States and a foreign government. If a shareholder of a Fund fails to provide the requested information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, the Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on ordinary dividends it pays. The IRS and the Department of Treasury have issued proposed regulations providing that these withholding rules will not apply to the gross proceeds of share redemptions or Capital Gain Dividends the Fund pays. If a payment by a Fund is subject to FATCA withholding, the Fund is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above (e.g., short-term capital gain dividends, and interest-related dividends).

 

Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.

 

State and Local Taxes

Each Fund is a series of a Massachusetts business trust. Under current law, neither the Trust nor any of the Funds is liable for any income or franchise tax in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provided that each Fund continues to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. However, each Fund may be subject to state and/or local taxes in other jurisdictions in which such Fund is deemed to be doing business. In addition, the treatment of each Fund and its shareholders in those states which have income tax laws might differ from treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws. Shareholders should consult with their own tax advisors concerning the state and local tax consequences of investing in a Fund.

 

EACH Shareholder should consult A tax advisER about the application of FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN tax lawS TO AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND in light of THE SHAREHOLDER’S particular tax situation.

 

136

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Massachusetts Business Trust

 

Each Fund is a series of a “Massachusetts business trust.” A copy of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust for the Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) is on file in the office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Declaration of Trust and the By-Laws of the Trust (the “By-Laws”) are designed to make the Trust similar in most respects to a Massachusetts business corporation. The principal distinction between the two forms concerns shareholder liability and is described below.

 

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of such a trust may, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for the obligations of the trust. This is not the case for a Massachusetts business corporation. However, the Declaration of Trust of the Trust provides that the shareholders shall not be subject to any personal liability for the acts or obligations of a Fund and that every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made on behalf of a Fund shall contain a provision to the effect that the shareholders are not personally liable thereunder.

 

No personal liability will attach to the shareholders under any undertaking containing such provision when adequate notice of such provision is given, except possibly in a few jurisdictions. With respect to all types of claims in the latter jurisdictions, (i) tort claims, (ii) contract claims where the provision referred to is omitted from the undertaking, (iii) claims for taxes, and (iv) certain statutory liabilities in other jurisdictions, a shareholder may be held personally liable to the extent that claims are not satisfied by a Fund. However, upon payment of such liability, the shareholder will be entitled to reimbursement from the assets of the Fund. The Trustees of the Trust intend to conduct the operations of the Trust in a way as to avoid, as far as possible, ultimate liability of the shareholders of the Funds.

 

The Declaration of Trust further provides that no Trustee, officer, employee, agent or shareholder of the Funds is liable to any third persons in connection with the affairs of the Funds. Nothing in the Declaration of Trust shall protect any Trustee from any liability that arises from his own bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of the Trustee. The Declaration of Trust also provides that all third persons shall look solely to the assets of the Funds for any satisfaction of claims arising in connection with the affairs of the Funds. With the exceptions stated and except with respect to any matter as to which a Trustee or officer, including a person who serves at the Trust’s request as a director, officer or trustee of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (each such Trustee, officer or person hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”) shall have been finally adjudicated in a decision on the merits in any action, suit or other proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that a Covered Person is entitled to be indemnified against all liability in connection with the affairs of the Funds.

 

The Trust shall continue without limitation of time subject to the provisions in the Declaration of Trust concerning termination by action of the shareholders or by action of the Trustees upon notice to the shareholders.

 

Description of Shares

 

The Trust is an open-end management investment company organized as a Massachusetts business trust in which the Funds each represent a separate series of shares of beneficial interest. See “Massachusetts Business Trust” above. The Trustees may, without shareholder approval, divide the

 

137

shares of any series of the Trust into one or more classes and combine the shares of two or more classes of any series into a single class. The Trustees have authorized the issuance of two classes of shares of the Municipal Bond Fund—Class N and Class I shares. The Trustees have authorized the issuance of three classes of shares of each of the Small Cap Core Fund, Small/Mid Cap Fund, Municipal Enhanced Yield Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, International Small Cap Fund, Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, Global Small Cap Fund, and Special Equities Fund—Class N, Class I and Class Z shares.

The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares (without par value) of one or more series and to divide or combine the shares of any series or class, if applicable, into a greater or lesser number without changing the proportionate beneficial interest in the series or class. Each share of each Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in such Fund with each other share. Upon liquidation of a Fund, shareholders are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the Fund available for distribution to such shareholders. See “Massachusetts Business Trust” above. Shares of the Funds have no preemptive or conversion rights. The rights of redemption and exchange are described in each Prospectus and in this SAI.

 

The shareholders of the Trust are entitled to one vote for each whole share held of a Fund (or a class thereof) (or a proportionate fractional vote in respect of a fractional share), on matters on which shares of the Fund (or a class thereof) shall be entitled to vote.  

 

Subject to the 1940 Act, the Trustees themselves have the power to alter the number and the terms of office of the Trustees, and to set the length of their own terms subject to certain removal procedures, and appoint their own successors, provided however, that immediately after such appointment the requisite majority of the Trustees have been elected by the shareholders of the Trust. The voting rights of shareholders are not cumulative in the election of Trustees so that holders of more than 50% of the shares voting can, if they choose, elect all Trustees being selected while the shareholders of the remaining shares would be unable to elect any Trustees. It is the intention of the Trust not to hold annual meetings of shareholders. The Trustees may call meetings of shareholders for action by shareholder vote as may be required or permitted by either the 1940 Act or by the Trust’s Declaration of Trust.

 

The Trustees have authorized the issuance and sale to the public of shares of several series of the Trust. The Trustees may authorize the issuance of shares of additional series of the Trust. The proceeds from the issuance of any additional series would be invested in separate, independently managed portfolios with distinct investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and share purchase, redemption and NAV procedures. All consideration received by the Trust for shares of any additional series, and all assets in which such consideration is invested, would belong to that series, subject only to the rights of creditors of the Trust and would be subject to the liabilities related thereto. Shareholders of any additional series will approve the adoption of any management contract, distribution agreement and any changes in the investment policies of any such additional series, to the extent required by the 1940 Act.

 

Conduct of the Trust’s Business

 

Forum for Adjudication of Disputes. The By-Laws provide that unless the Trust consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Trust or the shareholders, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any Trustee, officer, or other agent of the Trust to the Trust or the Trust’s shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act or the Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws or any agreement contemplated by any provision of the 1940 Act, the Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws, or (v) any action

 

138

 

asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be within the federal or state courts in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (each, a “Covered Action”). The By-Laws further provide that if any Covered Action is filed in a court other than in a federal or state court sitting within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any shareholder, such shareholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in connection with any action brought in any such courts to enforce the preceding sentence (an “Enforcement Action”) and (ii) having service of process made upon such shareholder in any such Enforcement Action by service upon such shareholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such shareholder.

 

Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of beneficial interest of the Trust will be (i) deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing paragraph and (ii) deemed to have waived any argument relating to the inconvenience of the forum referenced above in connection with any action or proceeding described in the foregoing paragraph.

 

This forum selection provision may limit a shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with Trustees, officers or other agents of the Trust and its service providers, which may discourage such lawsuits with respect to such claims. If a court were to find the forum selection provision contained in the By-Laws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, the Trust may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions.

 

Derivative and Direct Claims of Shareholders. The By-Laws contain provisions regarding derivative and direct claims of shareholders. As used in the By-Laws, a “direct” shareholder claim refers to (i) a claim based upon alleged violations of a shareholder’s individual rights independent of any harm to the Trust, including a shareholder’s voting rights under Article 11 of the By-Laws, rights to receive a dividend payment as may be declared from time to time, rights to inspect books and records, or other similar rights personal to the shareholder and independent of any harm to the Trust; and (ii) a claim for which a direct shareholder action is expressly provided under the U.S. federal securities laws. Any other claim asserted by a shareholder, including without limitation any claims purporting to be brought on behalf of the Trust or involving any alleged harm to the Trust, are considered a “derivative” claim as used in the By-Laws.

 

A shareholder may not bring or maintain any court action or other proceeding asserting a derivative claim or any claim asserted on behalf or for the benefit of the Trust or involving any alleged harm to the Trust without first making demand on the Trustees requesting the Trustees to bring or maintain such action, proceeding or claim. Such demand shall not be excused under any circumstances, including claims of alleged interest on the part of the Trustees, unless the shareholder makes a specific showing that irreparable nonmonetary injury to the Trust would otherwise result. The Trustees shall consider such demand within 90 days of its receipt by the Trust. In their sole discretion, the Trustees may submit the matter to a vote of shareholders of the Trust or any series or class of shares, as appropriate. Any decision by the Trustees to bring, maintain or settle (or not to bring, maintain or settle) such court action, proceeding or claim, or to submit the matter to a vote of shareholders, shall be binding upon the shareholders, and no suit, proceeding or other action shall be commenced or maintained after a decision to reject a demand. Any Trustee acting in connection with any demand or any proceeding relating to a claim on behalf or for the benefit of the Trust who is not an “interested person” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) will be deemed to be independent and disinterested with respect to such demand, proceeding or claim.

 

A shareholder may not bring or maintain a court action or other proceeding asserting a direct claim against the Trust, the Trustees, or officers predicated upon an express or implied right of action under the Declaration of Trust or U.S. federal securities laws (excepting direct shareholder actions expressly provided by U.S. federal securities laws), unless the shareholder has obtained authorization

 

139

 

from the Trustees to bring the action. The requirement of authorization shall not be excused under any circumstances, including claims of alleged interest on the part of the Trustees. The Trustees shall consider such request within 90 days after its receipt by the Trust. In their sole discretion, the Trustees may submit the matter to a vote of shareholders of the Trust or of any series or class of shares, as appropriate. Any decision by the Trustees to settle or to authorize (or not to settle or to authorize) such court action, proceeding or claim, or to submit the matter to a vote of shareholders, shall be binding upon the shareholder seeking authorization.

 

Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of beneficial interest of the Trust will be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. These provisions may limit a shareholder’s ability to bring a claim against the Trustees, officers or other agents of the Trust and its service providers, which may discourage such lawsuits with respect to such claims.

 

Additional Information

This SAI and each Fund’s Prospectus do not contain all of the information included in the Trust’s Registration Statement filed with the SEC under the 1933 Act. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, certain portions have been omitted. The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Exhibits filed therewith, may be examined on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Statements contained in this SAI and each Fund’s Prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an Exhibit to the Trust’s Registration Statement. Each such statement is qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

No dealer, salesman or any other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations, other than those contained in each Fund’s Prospectus or this SAI, in connection with the offer of shares of the Funds and, if given or made, such other representations or information must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Trust, the Funds or the Distributor. Each Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI do not constitute an offer to sell or solicit an offer to buy any of the securities offered thereby in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful for the Funds or the Distributor to make such offer in such jurisdictions.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Funds’ audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and the related Notes to the Financial Statements for the Funds, as well as the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, from each Fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, are incorporated by reference into this SAI (meaning such documents are legally a part of this SAI) and are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Funds’ Annual and Semi-Annual Reports are available without charge, upon request, by calling the Funds at (800) 548-4539 or by visiting the Funds’ website at www.amgfunds.com or the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

140

 

APPENDIX A

 

Description of Bond Ratings Assigned by
S&P Global Ratings and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

A Fund’s investments may range in quality from securities rated in the lowest category in which the Fund is permitted to invest to securities rated in the highest category (as rated by Moody’s or S&P or, if unrated, determined by the Subadviser to be of comparable quality). The percentage of a Fund’s assets invested in securities in a particular rating category will vary. The following is a description of Moody’s and S&P’s rating categories applicable to fixed income securities.

 

Moody’s Investors Service

Global Rating Scales

 

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The contractual financial obligations addressed by Moody’s ratings are those that call for, without regard to enforceability, the payment of an ascertainable amount, which may vary based upon standard sources of variation (e.g., floating interest rates), by an ascertainable date. Moody’s rating addresses the issuer’s ability to obtain cash sufficient to service the obligation, and its willingness to pay. Moody’s ratings do not address non-standard sources of variation in the amount of the principal obligation (e.g., equity indexed), absent an express statement to the contrary in a press release accompanying an initial rating. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Moody’s issues ratings at the issuer level and instrument level on both the long-term scale and the short-term scale. Typically, ratings are made publicly available although private and unpublished ratings may also be assigned.

Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf ) to all structured finance ratings. The addition of (sf ) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf ) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspires to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.

Global Long-Term Rating Scale

 

Aaa:

Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

 

 

Aa:

Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

 

A-1

 

 

A:

Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

 

 

Baa:

Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

 

 

Ba:

Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

 

B:

Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

 

 

Caa:

Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

 

Ca:

Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

 

 

C:

Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*

 

* By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

 

Global Short-Term Rating Scale

 

P-1:

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

 

P-2:

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

 

P-3:

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

 

NP:

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

A-2

US Municipal Short-Term Debt and Demand Obligation Ratings

Short-Term Obligation Ratings

Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale for commercial paper issued by US municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.

 

For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) scales discussed below.

 

Moody’s uses the MIG scale for US municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

 

MIG 1:

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

 

 

MIG 2:

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

 

MIG 3:

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

 

SG:

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

 

Demand Obligation Ratings

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interest payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon-demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

 

Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.

 

VMIG 1:

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

A-3

 

 

VMIG 2:

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

 

VMIG 3:

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

SG:

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

S&P Global Ratings

 

Issue Credit Rating Definitions

 

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings' view of the obligor's capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*

 

 

AAA:

An obligation rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

 

AA:

An obligation rated 'AA' differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

 

 

A:

An obligation rated 'A' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

 

A-4

 

 

BBB:

An obligation rated 'BBB' exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

 

BB; B; CCCCC; and C:

Obligations rated 'BB', 'B', 'CCC', 'CC', and 'C' are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. 'BB' indicates the least degree of speculation and 'C' the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

 

 

BB:

An obligation rated 'BB' is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

 

B:

An obligation rated 'B' is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated 'BB', but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

 

CCC:

An obligation rated 'CCC' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

 

CC:

An obligation rated 'CC' is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The 'CC' rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

 

 

C:

An obligation rated 'C' is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

 

 

D:

An obligation rated 'D' is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the 'D' rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The 'D' rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to 'D' if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

 

* Ratings from 'AA' to 'CCC' may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

 

A-5

 

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

 

 

A-1:

A short-term obligation rated 'A-1' is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

 

A-2:

A short-term obligation rated 'A-2' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

 

A-3:

A short-term obligation rated 'A-3' exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

 

B:

A short-term obligation rated 'B' is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

 

 

C:

A short-term obligation rated 'C' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

 

D:

A short-term obligation rated 'D' is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the 'D' rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The 'D' rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to 'D' if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

SPUR (S&P Underlying Rating)

A SPUR is an opinion about the stand-alone capacity of an obligor to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer or obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. S&P Global Ratings maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.

Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings' opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings' analysis will review the following considerations:

 

A-6

 

 

Amortization schedule--the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

 

Source of payment--the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

 

Municipal short-term note rating symbols are as follows:

 

 

SP-1:

Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

 

 

SP-2:

Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

 

 

SP-3:

Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

 

 

D

'D' is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed exchange offer, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

 

Dual Ratings

 

Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, 'AAA/A-1+' or 'A-1+/A-1'). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, 'SP-1+/A-1+').

 

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

 

S&P Global Ratings uses the following qualifiers that limit the scope of a rating. The structure of the transaction can require the use of a qualifier such as a 'p' qualifier, which indicates the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. A qualifier appears as a suffix and is part of the rating.

 

 

L:

Ratings qualified with 'L' apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

 

 

p:

This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The 'p' suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only and that the interest is not rated.

 

 

prelim:

Preliminary ratings, with the 'prelim' suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P Global Ratings of appropriate documentation. S&P Global Ratings reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

A-7

 

 

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.

 

 

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor's emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation, and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).

 

 

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P Global Ratings' opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligations of these entities.

 

 

Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing, or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P Global Ratings would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.

 

A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

 

t:

This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

 

 

cir:

This symbol indicates a counterparty instrument rating (CIR), which is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an issuer in a securitization structure with respect to a specific financial obligation to a counterparty (including interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and liquidity facilities). The CIR is determined on an ultimate payment basis; these opinions do not take into account timeliness of payment.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)

 

*:

This symbol indicated that the rating was contingent upon S&P Global Ratings' receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

 

 

c:

This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer was lowered to below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer's bonds were deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.

 

A-8

 

 

G:

The letter 'G' followed the rating symbol when a fund's portfolio consisted primarily of direct U.S. government securities.

 

 

pi:

This qualifier was used to indicate ratings that were based on an analysis of an issuer's published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. Such ratings did not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer's management and therefore could have been based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a 'pi' suffix. Discontinued use as of December 2014 and as of August 2015 for Lloyd's Syndicate Assessments.

 

 

pr:

The letters 'pr' indicate that the rating was provisional. A provisional rating assumed the successful completion of a project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements was largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, made no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion.

 

 

q:

A 'q' subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.

 

 

r:

The 'r' modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an 'r' modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation would not exhibit extraordinary noncredit-related risks. S&P Global Ratings discontinued the use of the 'r' modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

 

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings

S&P Global Ratings' issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer will differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

 

 

A-9

 

appendix b

 

gw&K INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

December 2019

Introduction

 

As a SEC-registered investment adviser and fiduciary to its clients, GW&K has implemented its Proxy Voting Policy to establish internal controls and procedures governing the firm’s review and voting of proxies on behalf of client accounts. To assist in the process, GW&K leverages recognized third party service providers to facilitate the firm’s proxy voting process.

 

I.

Proxy Guidelines and Proxy Voting Agent

GW&K has adopted proxy voting guidelines developed by Glass Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”), an independent third-party service provider, which provides recommendations on ballot items for securities held in client accounts. Proxies are voted on behalf of GW&K's clients (who have delegated proxy voting authority) in accordance with those guidelines. GW&K reserves the right to cast votes contrary to Glass Lewis guidelines if it deems it necessary and in the best interest of its clients.

GW&K has contracted with Broadridge Financial Solutions (“Broadridge”), an independent third party service provider, to act as proxy voting agent and to provide proxy voting services, including:

 

 

1)

Conduct in-depth proxy research;

 

2)

Process and vote proxies in connection with securities held by GW&K’s clients;

 

3)

Maintain appropriate records of proxy statements, research, and recommendations;

 

4)

Maintain appropriate records of proxy votes cast on behalf of GW&K’s clients;

 

5)

Complete other proxy related administrative functions.

 

II.

Responsibility and Oversight

 

GW&K is responsible for maintaining and administering these policies and procedures. GW&K will:

 

 

1)

Annually review the adequacy of these policies and procedures as well as the effectiveness of its proxy voting agent;

 

2)

Annually review Glass Lewis’s proxy voting guidelines to ensure they are appropriately designed to meet the best interests of GW&K clients;

 

3)

Provide clients, upon written request, these proxy voting policy and procedures, and information about how proxies were voted on their behalf;

 

B-1

 

 

4)

Conduct regular reconciliations with client’s custodian banks to confirm the appropriate number of votes cast on behalf of clients when GW&K has been delegated proxy voting authority;

 

 

5)

Conduct a periodic review, no less often than annually, of proxy voting records to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with adopted guidelines; and

 

 

6)

Annually review proxy voting records to ensure that records of proxy statements, research, recommendations, and proxy votes are properly maintained by its proxy voting agent.

 

III.

Conflicts of Interest

In adopting Glass Lewis’s proxy voting guidelines, GW&K seeks to remove potential conflicts of interest that could otherwise potentially influence the proxy voting process. In situations where Broadridge and/or Glass Lewis has a potential conflict of interest with respect to a proxy it is overseeing on behalf of GW&K’s clients, Broadridge and/or Glass Lewis is obligated to fully or partially abstain from voting the ballot as applicable and notify GW&K. GW&K’s Proxy Committee will provide the voting recommendation after discussion with applicable GW&K Portfolio Managers and a review of the measures involved. Similarly, in instances where GW&K becomes aware of a potential conflict of interest pertaining to a proxy vote for a security held in the client’s account, or where a client otherwise makes a request pertaining a specific proxy vote, GW&K’s Portfolio Management will provide the voting recommendation after reviewing relevant facts and circumstances.

Voting of Measures Outside of or Contrary to Glass Lewis & Co. Recommendations

 

In instances when a proxy ballot item does not fall within the Glass Lewis guidelines or where GW&K determines that voting in accordance with the Glass Lewis recommendation is not advisable or consistent with GW&K’s fiduciary duty, GW&K’s portfolio managers, with the support of GW&K’s Legal & Compliance team and other personnel, will review the relevant facts and circumstances and determine how to vote the particular proxy ballot item.

 

IV.

Disclosure

Clients may obtain Glass Lewis’s proxy voting guidelines or information about how GW&K voted proxies for securities held in their account by submitting a written request to:

Proxy Policy Administrator

GW&K Investment Management

222 Berkeley Street, 15th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

 

V.

Recordkeeping

 

GW&K will maintain the following records in accordance with regulatory requirements:

 

B-2

 

 

1)

These policies and procedures (including any applicable amendments) which shall be made available to clients upon request;

 

2)

Proxy statements, research, recommendations, and records of each vote;

 

3)

Client written requests for proxy voting information and applicable responses by GW&K.

 

VI.

Oversight and Documentation

 

Proxy Committee

 

GW&K has established a Proxy Voting Committee to oversee the firm’s proxy voting process, including the firm’s Proxy Voting Policy, the firm’s service providers and the proxy voting guidelines. In addition, the Committee would address any potential conflicts of interest that are identified by GW&K with respect to voting any specific proxy ballot item. The Committee is comprised of GW&K’s Chief Compliance Officer, General Counsel, managers of GW&K’s Investment Operations and Client Services Departments, members of the Legal & Compliance Team, as well as certain GW&K Portfolio Managers. The Committee meets annually, and more frequently as needed.

 

GW&K’s Legal & Compliance Department is responsible for periodically assessing firm compliance with this policy and the effectiveness of its implementation.

 

 

B-3

 

APPENDIX C

 

 

Renaissance
Investment Management

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES
AND PROCEDURES

 

 

DECEMBER 27, 2019

 

 

 

 

C-1

 


Renaissance
Investment Management

 

 

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES
AND PROCEDURES


 

 

December 27, 2019

 

 

 





 

50 EAST RIVER CENTER BOULEVARD  SUITE 1200

COVINGTON, KY 41011  800.837. 3863  513.723.4500  FAX 513.723.4512  www.reninv.com

C-2


     

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

     

INTRODUCTION     

4

   
I. 

Policy     

4

     
II.

Voting Guidelines     

4

     
III.

Proxy Conflict Committee     

6

     
IV. 

Proxy Voting Procedures     

6

     
V. 

Conflicts of Interest     

7

     
VI.

Form ADV Part 2A Disclosure    

 8

     
VII. 

Oversight     

8

     
VIII.

Recordkeeping    

 9

     

Summary of Renaissance’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures   

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


C-3

 


 

INTRODUCTION

Renaissance Investment Management (hereafter “Renaissance”) has a responsibility to the vote proxies of client securities under its management solely in the best interest of its clients, if Renaissance has been delegated proxy-voting responsibility by the client. This policy contains Renaissance’s policies and procedures for the voting of client proxies. This policy is incorporated into and made part of the Renaissance Compliance Policies & Procedures Manual by reference.

 

I.     POLICY

 

Proxy voting is an important right of shareholders and reasonable care and diligence must be taken to ensure that such rights are exercised in a proper and timely manner. When Renaissance has discretion to vote the proxies of its clients, it is obligated to vote solely in the best interest of clients.

 

Since client accounts could hold stocks or other securities with voting rights, clients often have the right to cast votes at the corporate issuers’ shareholder meetings. However, since shareholders often do not attend shareholder meetings, they have the right to cast their votes by “proxy.” In these cases, Renaissance’s clients either will retain proxy-voting authority or will contractually delegate it to us. If a client has contractually delegated proxy-voting authority to us, our Proxy Agent (defined below) will vote proxies for that client. If the client retains proxy-voting authority, the client will receive proxy-voting meeting solicitations directly from the custodian, and the client can contact us with any questions about a particular proxy meeting using the contact information provided at the end of this policy. It is the client’s responsibility to notify their custodian to send ballots to their address and monitor the receipt of proxies, if Renaissance is not contractually responsible for voting the client’s proxies.

 

If clients have delegated proxy-voting authority to us, as an investment adviser and fiduciary of client assets, we have implemented proxy-voting policies and procedures intended to protect the value of shareholder investments and designed to reasonably ensure that our Proxy Agent or we vote proxies in the best interest of clients. In voting proxies, we seek to both maximize the long-term value of clients’ assets and to cast votes that we believe to be fair and in the best interest of the affected client(s).

Reference: Investment Advisors Act of 1940, Rule 206(4)-6

Investment Company Act of 1940, Rule 20a-1

 

II.

VOTING GUIDELINES

Renaissance has contracted with an independent third-party proxy agent (hereafter “Proxy Agent”) for proxy-voting system usage/record retention and corporate governance services, which specializes in providing a variety of services related to proxy voting. The Proxy Agent has retained, with Renaissance’s approval, a third-party proxy recommendation service (hereafter “Proxy Recommendation Service”).

 

Specifically, we have retained the Proxy Agent to:

 

 

Execute proxy votes using the proxy-voting recommendations provided by the Proxy Recommendation Service; and,

 

 

Maintain the records necessary to track proxy-voting materials, the research used to make proxy-voting decisions, as well as the proxy-voting actions taken for each client account.

Specifically, we have retained the Proxy Recommendation Service to:

 

Research and provide proxy-voting recommendations to the Proxy Agent to enable them to execute the proxy vote in a timely manner.


C-4

 


 

We have adopted the current proxy-voting policy guidelines available through the Proxy Recommendation Service as our own and will vote proxies for clients, who have given us proxy-voting authority, according to those policy guidelines. Three sets of proxy guidelines are available to clients through the Proxy Recommendation Service:

 

(i)

The Standard Detailed Policy guidelines, overlaid by the Investment Manager Policy;

 

 

(ii)

A Taft-Hartley Policy that is in compliance with the AFL-CIO guidelines, which overlays the Standard Detailed Policy guidelines; and,

 

 

(iii)

A policy incorporating the MacBride Principles, which overlays the Standard Detailed Policy guidelines in conjunction with the Investment Manager Policy.

 

Standard Detailed Policy: Renaissance uses the Standard Detailed proxy-voting guidelines provided by the Proxy Recommendation Service in conjunction with the Investment Manager Policy, unless the client provides written direction to the contrary, or the client is a direct-managed Taft-Hartley client. This proxy policy focuses on voting proxy ballots with the goal of ensuring corporate stock price is maximized.

Taft-Hartley Policy: Renaissance maintains and utilizes a Taft-Hartley voting policy provided by the Proxy Recommendation Service for direct-managed Taft-Hartley clients, unless Renaissance is provided with written direction to the contrary. Direct-managed Municipal Police and Firefighter clients are considered Taft-Hartley clients for proxy-voting guideline purposes and their proxies will be voted using Taft-Hartley guidelines in conjunction with the Standard Detailed Policy, unless the client or their agent provides written direction to the contrary. Non-Taft-Hartley direct-managed clients can request that the Taft-Hartley Policy be used for their account(s), upon written instruction to Renaissance; otherwise, their proxies will be voted using the Standard Detailed Policy in conjunction with the Investment Manager Policy.

MacBride Principles: Renaissance also can utilize the MacBride Principles for direct-managed clients upon written client request. The MacBride Principles objective requires employers in Northern Ireland not to discriminate in their hiring, promotion or termination practices based on religion or ethnicity. The MacBride Principles policy is an addendum to the Standard Detailed Policy in conjunction with the Investment Manager Policy.

 

Upon request, Renaissance will provide a written copy of any of the proxy-voting guidelines applicable to the client’s account(s). Clients should direct requests to:

 

Renaissance Investment Management
Attn: Compliance Dept.

50 East RiverCenter Blvd., Suite 1200

Covington, KY 41011

E-mail: [email protected]
Phone: 513-723-4500

 

Clients with Customized Proxy Policies: Clients who wish to provide Renaissance with a customized proxy policy to utilize for their proxy-voting ballots could be charged an additional fee to cover the cost of voting a customized policy. This is negotiable and the amount of the fee may depend on the total assets under management of the client account(s).

 

Wrap/SMA Program Sponsored Clients: The Standard Detailed Policy (profit maximization policy), in conjunction with the Investment Manager Policy, will be used for all Wrap/SMA Sponsor clients, unless Renaissance receives written instruction from an individual Wrap/SMA sponsor client, the Sponsor of the Wrap/MSA program or the Wrap/SMA Sponsor client’s agent on their behalf.


C-5

 


UMA Program Sponsored Clients: Renaissance is not responsible for the voting of proxies for clients in UMA Sponsor Programs, unless per contractual agreement with the UMA Sponsor. The Standard Detailed Policy (profit maximization policy), in conjunction with the Investment Manager Policy, will be used for all UMA Sponsor clients covered under such agreement, unless Renaissance receives written instruction from an individual UMA Sponsor client, the UMA Sponsor, or the UMA Sponsor client’s agent on their behalf.

 

Associate/Family Accounts: Renaissance is not contractually obligated to vote proxies for associate/family accounts that receive the associate discounted fee rate unless proxy voting responsibility is stated in their Investment Advisory Agreement.

III.

PROXY CONFLICT COMMITTEE

Renaissance has a Proxy Conflict Committee that meets on an as-needed basis to review any material conflicts of interest or any special factors or circumstances that require the Committee’s review. The Proxy Conflict Committee is comprised of Renaissance’s Portfolio Managers, Research Analysts and the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who serves as the independent, nonvoting chair of the Committee.

IV.

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

In an effort to manage the process of information gathering and voting proxies, Renaissance has outsourced proxy voting to a third-party Proxy Agent. All issuer’s proxy ballots are sent directly to the Proxy Agent by the client’s custodian’s designated proxy processor. The Proxy Agent receives a voting recommendation from the Proxy Recommendation Service and votes the proxy ballots received based upon the Proxy Recommendation Service voting policy guidelines selected by the client, as described in Item II. Voting Guidelines above. Ultimately, Renaissance maintains the right to decide how the proxy will be voted, if the client has delegated that responsibility to Renaissance.

 

New Accounts: When an account transitions to Renaissance, we will liquidate all of the securities held in the account that are not held on our buy list unless we receive written instruction not to liquidate from the client or their representative. It is Renaissance’s policy to not vote proxies for the securities in a transitioning account that were held prior to the date Renaissance begins providing investment management services to the account. However, it should be noted that, for administrative reasons relating to the transition, Renaissance cannot guarantee that all such proxies will or will not be voted.

Closed Accounts: When an account transitions away from Renaissance, Renaissance only liquidates securities held in the account upon request from the client or their representative. It is Renaissance’s policy to not vote proxies for the securities in a transitioning account that were held after the date Renaissance ceases providing investment management services to the account. However, it should be noted that, for administrative reasons relating to the transition, Renaissance cannot guarantee that all such proxies will or will not be voted.

 

Client Directed Votes: If proxy-voting authority has been delegated to Renaissance and the client would like to direct Renaissance’s vote on a particular proxy vote, the client must provide Renaissance with specific written instructions via regular mail or e-mail, which must be received by Renaissance at least ten (10) business days before the voting deadline date. Please send the written instructions to:

Renaissance Investment Management
Attn: Compliance Dept.

50 East RiverCenter Blvd., Suite 1200

Covington, KY 41011

E-mail: [email protected]


C-6

 


 

If a request is received less than ten (10) business days from the vote deadline date, Renaissance will vote the proxy according to the client’s instructions on a best-efforts basis, but cannot guarantee the vote will be able to be cast or amended.

Proxy/Share Blocking: In general, unless otherwise directed by the client, Renaissance will make reasonable efforts to vote client proxies in accordance with the proxy-voting recommendations of the Proxy Recommendation Service, unless after further internal research we disagree with the Proxy Recommendation service. In that case, the Proxy Recommendation Service will be overridden and Renaissance’s reason for overriding the vote will be documented. Renaissance will decline to vote proxies if doing so would cause a restriction being placed on Renaissance’s ability to trade securities held in client accounts in “share-blocking” countries. Accordingly, Renaissance can abstain from votes in a share-blocking country in favor of preserving Renaissance’s ability to trade any particular security at any time.

Securities Lending: If securities are used as margin collateral by the client and are unavailable for proxy voting, Renaissance does not attempt to vote them. Renaissance does not recall proxy ballots to vote them if the client has lent the shares out for securities lending purposes.

Abstention from Vote: If it is an option on the proxy ballot, Renaissance has the right to abstain from a vote if no recommendations are available from the Proxy Recommendation Service and the CCO feels Renaissance does not have adequate information available to make a decision in the best interest of Renaissance clients.

 

Voting Proxies Without A Recommendation: In the event that the Proxy Recommendation Service does not provide a recommendation, the issue is not a question and abstaining from the vote is not an option on the proxy ballot, the CCO can decide to:

 

 

(i)

Not cast a vote due to a lack of information/research; or,

 

 

(ii)

Convene the Proxy Conflict Committee if the CCO decides there is enough information available to allow the Proxy Conflict Committee to make an informed decision in the best interests of our clients.

 

If the Proxy Conflict Committee is convened, the CCO, or his/her designee, will screen the committee members for any personal conflicts of interest by having them complete a Material Conflicts Form. Proxy Conflict Committee members with a conflict of interest will be excluded from the vote. The CCO, or his/her designee, will tally the Proxy Conflict Committee votes. If all of the Proxy Conflict Committee members have a conflict, the CCO will not vote the proxy due to the lack of unbiased Proxy Conflict Committee members and will document this fact.

 

Manual Filings ‒ Other Proxy Processors: If our contracted Proxy Agent does not receive a ballot because they do not serve as the appointed proxy processor for processing a particular meeting, Renaissance will obtain a voting recommendation from our Proxy Recommendation Service. A Renaissance Portfolio Administrator will vote the proxy ballot using the Proxy Recommendation Service’s voting recommendations at the responsible proxy processor and ensure the voting recommendations are retained.

Questions: Renaissance will answer any questions listed on a proxy ballot that do not require research, on a case-by-case basis, without convening the Proxy Conflict Committee, if a recommendation is not available from the Proxy Recommendation Service (e.g., Does Renaissance hold a controlling interest in the company?).

 


C-7

 


 

V.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

 

(1)

Presently, Renaissance is not aware of any material corporate conflicts of interest by Renaissance or Affiliated Managers Group (“AMG”), Renaissance’s parent company, other than potentially voting a proxy for a company who could also be a client. Renaissance is not a publicly traded company, and currently we do not invest in AMG stock or vote their proxy ballots. We utilize the recommendations from a third party Proxy Recommendation Service to vote all proxies unless there is no recommendation provided by the Proxy Recommendation Service or they have a conflict of interest.

 

However, should such conflicts arise, Renaissance will identify the conflicts that exist between the interests of Renaissance/AMG/AMG Affiliates and our clients. This examination will include a review of the relationship of Renaissance/AMG/AMG Affiliates with the issuer of each security (and any of the issuer’s affiliates) to determine if the issuer is a client of Renaissance or has some other relationship with Renaissance, AMG, an AMG Affiliate or a client of Renaissance.

 

(2)

If the Proxy Recommendation Service determines it has a material conflict of interest regarding a vote, Renaissance will be notified of the conflict by the Proxy Agent who reviews the research reports containing the voting Proxy Recommendation Service’s conflicts of interest. If necessary, Renaissance will then convene a meeting of its Proxy Conflict Committee, screen for any Renaissance corporate and Proxy Conflict Committee member conflicts of interest and instruct the Proxy Agent of the voting decision of the Proxy Conflict Committee via their electronic interface. If Renaissance determines it does not have enough information to make a voting recommendation, we will either abstain or not vote the proxy if abstention is not an option. If the CCO determines we have enough information to determine how to vote the proxy ballot, Renaissance will document any such Renaissance corporate conflict(s) or Proxy Conflict Committee member conflict(s) and exclude any member(s) from the Renaissance Proxy Conflict Committee that could have personal conflicts of interest prior to determining how we will cast the vote. Renaissance’s CCO will chair the committee.

 

 

(3)

Annually, the CCO, or his/her designee, will request a copy of the Proxy Recommendation Service’s current conflict of interest avoidance procedures, conflict of interest statement and statement of compliance to verify:

 

 

They currently do not have any business relationships that would constitute a conflict of interest that would affect Renaissance’s clients; and,

 

Ensure they have adequate personnel experience and systems to ensure accurate recommendations are made to Renaissance.

 

 

(4)

The Proxy Agent does not provide voting recommendations to Renaissance. Rather, they only provide the system used to vote proxies and the retention of all proxy records so it is not possible for them to have a conflict of interest that would influence the proxy vote. The Proxy Agent will notify Renaissance of any Proxy Recommendation Service conflicts of interest listed on their research reports.

 

VI.

FORM ADV PART 2A DISCLOSURE

Renaissance will provide clients with disclosure via Form ADV Part 2A, which instructs clients to contact Renaissance to obtain information on how Renaissance voted the client’s proxies, as well as how the client can request a copy of Renaissance’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. If a client requests this information, Renaissance will prepare a written response to the client that lists, with respect to each voted proxy that the client has inquired about, (1) the name of the issuer; (2) the proposal voted upon; and, (3) how Renaissance voted the client’s proxy.


C-8

 


 

VII.

OVERSIGHT

Proxy Recommendation Service Recommendations Against Management Review. On an ongoing basis, Renaissance will ensure a review is completed of all Proxy Recommendation Service recommendations that are against the proxy issuer’s management recommendations the review will be documented. If Renaissance disagrees with the recommendation, we will override the recommendation on the Proxy Edge System and our decision to override will be documented through the Proxy Conflicts Committee Process.

Proxy Agent Annual Certification. On an annual basis, the CCO, or CCO’s designee, will verify with the Proxy Agent that it:

 

Continues to vote proxies according to the predetermined guidelines provided by the Proxy Recommendation Service;

 

Provides Renaissance with any changes in the Proxy Recommendation Service’s pre- determined policies;

 

 

Continues to vote proxies for clients Renaissance has delegated voting authority using the Proxy Recommendation Service’s guidelines; and,

 

 

Confirmed the Proxy Agent received and voted proxies of clients for which Renaissance delegated voting authority.

Proxy Recommendation Service Annual Conflicts Review (2014 SEC Proxy Guidance). Renaissance will review the Proxy Recommendation Service’s current conflict of interest avoidance procedures, conflict of interest statement and statement of compliance.

 

Proxy Recommendation Service Annual Review (2019 SEC Proxy Guidance). Renaissance will review the six questions outlined in the September 2019 SEC proxy guidance to ensure the Proxy Recommendation Service is providing proxy recommendations in a manner that conforms with Renaissance’s fiduciary duty.

 

Quarterly Proxy Review Meetings. Quarterly, Renaissance’s CCO, Portfolio & Performance Analyst, Manager of Portfolio Administration and the CCO’s proxy voting designee will ensure the following reviews are completed:

 

Review a sample of Renaissance’s share holdings versus the number of shares voted according to the Proxy Agent’s system and reconcile any material differences, where possible, and attempt to resolve the differences with each Client’s custodian.

 

 

Review a sample of proxy ballots voted by the Proxy Agent during the quarter and compare the actual votes to the recommendations sent by automatic data feed from the Proxy Recommendation Service to ensure the Proxy Recommendation Service’s recommendations are being followed.

 

Review all accounts to ensure the correct policy (e.g., Taft-Hartley, Standard Detailed, etc.) is coded accurately on the Proxy Agent’s system used to vote client proxies.

 

Annual Compliance Review. Renaissance’s Annual Compliance Review will:

 

 

Review a sample of new accounts to ensure their proxy coding on the Renaissance accounting & portfolio management system is accurate.

 

Review a sample of accounts to ensure the correct policy (e.g., Taft-Hartley, Standard Detailed, etc.) is coded accurately on the Proxy Agent’s system used to vote client proxies.

VIII.

RECORDKEEPING

The CCO, or his/her designee, will maintain files relating to Renaissance’s proxy-voting procedures. Records will be maintained and preserved for five (5) years from the end of the fiscal


C-9

 


 

year during which the last entry was made on a record for all clients, except for mutual funds. Mutual funds will be retained for six (6) years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on record. Such records are maintained for the benefit of Renaissance’s clients and are available to clients upon written request. Records of the following will be included in Renaissance’s or the Proxy Agent’s records:

 

 

Copies of the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and any amendments thereto;

 

 

A copy of any Proxy Agent electronic records that were material in making a decision on how to vote proxies or that memorializes that decision; and,

 

 

An electronic copy of each written client request for information on how Renaissance voted such client’s proxies and an electronic copy of any response to any written or oral client request for information on how Renaissance voted the client’s proxies.

 

Since Renaissance has access to the electronic proxy statements and records of each vote cast by the Proxy Agent, Renaissance will not maintain paper copies of the records onsite at Renaissance’s office.

 


C-10

 


 

Summary of Renaissance’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

Renaissance Investment Management (hereafter “Renaissance”) has a responsibility to vote proxies of client securities under its management solely in the best interest of its clients, if Renaissance has been delegated proxy voting responsibility by the client. Renaissance votes all proxies with respect to client securities unless Renaissance’s proxy recommendation service (hereafter “Proxy Recommendation Service”) does not provide a recommendation or we do not have adequate information to make a decision in the best interest of our clients. We will not vote the client’s proxies if the client has retained that responsibility and has so notified Renaissance via contract or in writing or if the client is participating in securities lending, in which case Renaissance will not recall the shares to vote them. Renaissance can abstain from votes in a share-blocking country in favor of preserving Renaissance’s ability to trade any particular security at any time.

 

Renaissance has contracted with a third-party, proxy-voting agent (“Proxy Agent”) to use their proxy voting system who has retained, with Renaissance’s approval, a third-party Proxy Recommendation Service who provides research on corporate governance issues and corporate actions, makes proxy vote recommendations and handles the administrative functions associated with the voting of client proxies. While the Proxy Recommendation Service provides the proxy-vote recommendations, Renaissance retains the ultimate authority on deciding how to vote and can override the Proxy Recommendation Service if we disagree with the recommendation. It is Renaissance’s policy to vote in accordance with the Proxy Recommendation Service’s recommendations. However, in the event that Renaissance disagrees with the Proxy Recommendation Service’s proxy-voting recommendations or if the Proxy Recommendation Service has a conflict of interest and Renaissance decides not to vote in accordance to the Proxy Recommendation Service’s recommendation, Renaissance’s Proxy Conflict Committee’s rationale and ultimate decision will be internally documented.

 

When clients have delegated proxy-voting responsibility to Renaissance, Renaissance will identify any material corporate conflicts that exist between the interests of Renaissance and its clients in addition to any material Proxy Recommendation Service conflicts of interest. This examination will include a review of the relationship of Renaissance with the issuer of each security (and any of the issuer’s affiliates) to determine if the issuer is a client of Renaissance or has some other relationship with Renaissance or a client of Renaissance. Renaissance is not presently aware of any material Renaissance corporate conflicts other than potentially voting proxy issues relating to a company who could also be a client. This conflict is mitigated by utilizing the Proxy Recommendation Service. Renaissance is not aware of any Proxy Recommendation Service provider conflicts of interest that are not disclosed to Renaissance by the Proxy Agent and mitigated through our Proxy Conflict Committee. However, should other material conflicts arise Renaissance will examine the scope of the conflict and will implement procedures to ensure that the final voting decision is unbiased.

 

If a client has instructed Renaissance to vote its proxies, the client may submit a written request for the following:

 

 

A copy of our Proxy Voting Policy;

 

 

A copy of the Proxy Recommendation Service’s proxy-voting policy guidelines;

 

 

A copy of how Renaissance voted on a particular security in the client’s account; or

 

 

If a client would like to instruct Renaissance regarding how to vote specific proxies for the shares the client owns, please submit written requests at least ten (10) business days before the proxy-voting date to:

 

Renaissance Investment Management
Attn: Compliance Dept.

50 East RiverCenter Blvd., Suite 1200

Covington, KY 41011

E-mail: [email protected] / Phone: 513-723-4500


C-11

 

APPENDIX D

 

TimesSquare Capital Management, LLC

Proxy Voting Policies & Procedures

 

 

1.

Compliance identifies those clients for which TimesSquare has been instructed to vote proxies. Each client typically identifies in their investment management contract whether they would like to retain proxy voting authority or delegate that authority to TimesSquare. However, if requested, TimesSquare will also honor a client’s written direction on voting proxies. As described below, TimesSquare has developed pre-determined proxy voting guidelines that are executed by an independent, third-party proxy voting service. Certain clients direct TimesSquare to vote proxies using pre-determined guidelines provided by organizations such as the AFL-CIO. TimesSquare coordinates the use of such guidelines with its third-party proxy voting service.

 

 

2.

TimesSquare has a Proxy Voting Committee, which meets at least annually to review and consider the third-party voting service’s performance and review potential changes to TimesSquare’s own policies. The Committee also meets on an as needed basis to review any material conflicts of interest or any special factors or circumstances that require the Committee’s review. The Committee will also periodically review a list of clients for which TimesSquare is not responsible to vote. The Proxy Voting Committee is comprised of the Chief Executive Officer, the Senior Vice President of Operations, and the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

 

3.

As noted above, TimesSquare has developed pre-determined proxy voting guidelines that are executed by an independent, third-party proxy voting service. The pre-determined guidelines are developed through consultation with the key proxy voting decision makers, that is, analysts and portfolio managers, and are reviewed and approved annually by the Proxy Voting Committee.

 

To address potential material conflicts of interest between the interests of TimesSquare and its affiliates and the interests of TimesSquare’s clients, TimesSquare adheres to pre-determined proxy voting guidelines that are approved by the Proxy Voting Committee. Proposals to vote in a manner inconsistent with the pre-determined guidelines must be approved by the Proxy Voting Committee. The Guidelines are available from the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

 

4.

Proxy voting guidelines have been developed to protect/improve shareholder value through protection of shareholder rights, and prevention of excessive and unwarranted compensation for companies’ directors, management, and employees.

 

 

5.

Compliance is responsible for ensuring that all proxy ballots are voted, and are voted in accordance with policies and procedures described in this policy. The mechanics, administration and record keeping of proxy voting are handled by an independent, third-party proxy voting service. All proxy materials are directed to an independent, third-party proxy voting service by the portfolios’ custodians. The independent, third-party proxy voting service votes proxies in accordance with voting guidelines and instructions provided or used by TimesSquare, reconciles all ballots held on record date to shares voted, and maintains records of, and upon request provides quarterly or annual reports on how each portfolio has voted its proxies.

 

 

6.

TimesSquare will make reasonable efforts to vote client proxies in accordance with the Proxy Voting Committee’s recommendation. TimesSquare will generally decline to vote a proxy if voting the proxy would cause a restriction to be placed on TimesSquare’s ability to trade securities held in client accounts in “share blocking” countries. Accordingly, TimesSquare may abstain from votes in a share blocking country in favor of preserving its ability to trade any particular security at any time. In addition, TimesSquare may own Participation Notes (“Pnotes”) which represent securities listed on the Indian stock market that are available to non-India based investors. Such securities do not have proxy voting rights as the underlying securities are held with the broker, not TimesSquare. TimesSquare will also be unable to vote proxies for any securities on loan in a client’s securities lending program.

 

 

7.

Using voting guidelines provided by TimesSquare, the independent, third-party proxy voting service alerts Compliance of proxy ballot issues for consideration on a case-by-case basis. After consulting with analysts and portfolio managers, Compliance presents voting recommendations on such ballots to the Proxy Voting Committee, which reviews and approves/disapproves recommendations.

 

D-1

 

 

8.

Compliance is responsible for reporting exceptions and/or non-routine or new matters to the Proxy Voting Committee. Compliance also provides the Committee with reports that provide an overview of voting results.

 

 

9.

In the case of sub-advised accounts, TimesSquare shall, unless otherwise directed by the account, be responsible for voting proxies.

 

 

10.

Oversight

 

On a periodic basis, TimesSquare monitors the third-party voting service to ensure that it continues to vote according to its guidelines and continues to monitor for any potential material conflicts of interest. TimesSquare will also periodically verify that the third-party voting service is voting for those clients for which TimesSquare has communicated to the third-party voting service that it has voting authority.

 

TimesSquare will also periodically conduct due diligence over the third-party voting service’s operations, including evaluating any relationship the third-party voting service has with issuers, reviewing the third-party voting service’s conflict resolution procedures and otherwise reviewing its practices to ensure the integrity of the Proxy Voting process, and to ensure that TimesSquare has a thorough understanding of the third-party voting service’s business.

 

On a periodic basis, TimesSquare will confirm that clients’ custodians are timely alerting the third-party voting service when accounts are set up at the custodian for the third-party voting service to begin voting TimesSquare’s clients’ securities and that they are forwarding all proxy materials pertaining to the clients’ portfolios to the third-party voting service for execution.

 

 

11.

Clients may obtain information about how TimesSquare voted proxies for securities held in their account(s) by contacting TimesSquare.

 

 

12.

Upon request, TimesSquare will provide its clients with a description of TimesSquare’s proxy voting policy and procedures. In addition, TimesSquare also discloses information regarding its proxy voting procedures in its Form ADV Part 2A.

 

D-2

 

APPENDIX E

 

 

SKYLINE ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P.

 

 

PROXY VOTING

 

Skyline subscribes to ISS’ proxy voting guidelines. ISS’ 2019 regional proxy voting guidelines are available through the ISS policy gateway at http://www.issgovernance.com/policy-gateway/voting-policies/.

 

Purpose: Skyline has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of its clients. Skyline has established guidelines that are used in voting specific proposals presented by the boards of directors or shareholders of companies whose securities are held in client portfolios for which Skyline has voting discretion. While the guidelines for voting proxies will generally be applied, each proposal is evaluated on its merits. The vote entered on a client’s behalf with respect to a particular proposal may differ from the stated guidelines.

 

Policy: As a matter of policy, Skyline:

 

 

1.

Takes responsibility for voting client proxies only upon a client’s written request.

 

2.

Votes all proxies in the best interests of its clients as shareholders, i.e., to maximize economic value.

 

3.

Develops and maintains broad guidelines setting out positions on common proxy issues, but also considers each proposal in the context of the issuer, industry, and country in which it is involved.

 

4.

Evaluates all factors it deems relevant when considering a vote, and may determine in certain instances that it is in the best interest of one or more clients to refrain from voting a given proxy ballot.

 

5.

Identifies and resolves all material proxy-related conflicts of interest between the Firm and its clients in the best interests of the client.

 

6.

Believes that sound corporate governance practices can enhance shareholder value and therefore encourages consideration of an issuer’s corporate governance as part of the investment process.

 

7.

Believes that proxy voting is a valuable tool that can be used to promote sound corporate governance to the ultimate benefit of the client as shareholder.

 

8.

Provides all clients, upon request, with copies of this Proxy Policy and related reports, with such frequency as required to fulfill obligations under applicable law or as reasonably requested by clients.

 

9.

Reviews regularly the voting record to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with this Proxy Policy; and ensures that procedures, documentation, and reports relating to the voting of proxies are promptly and properly prepared and disseminated.

 

10.

Skyline will generally decline to vote a proxy if voting the proxy would cause a restriction to be placed on Skyline’s ability to trade securities held in client accounts in “share blocking” countries. Accordingly, Skyline may abstain from votes in a share blocking country in favor of preserving its ability to trade any particular security at any time.

 

Responsibility and Oversight: Skyline is responsible for the review and approval of the Firm’s written Proxy Policy and established guidelines, and for providing advice and guidance on specific proxy votes of individual issuers.

 

 

E-1